323-1851-090 - (6500 - R9.0 - Roadmap) - Issue2

6500 Packet-Optical Platform
Documentation Roadmap
Release 9.0
What’s inside...
Applicability
Roadmap
List of terms
Master index
Technical assistance information
323-1851-090 - Standard Issue 2

December 2012
Copyright© 2010-2012 Ciena® Corporation. All rights reserved.
Ciena® Confidential and Proprietary

LELEGAL NOTICES
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION OF CIENA CORPORATION
AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE OR DISCLOSE ITS
CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE, OR SELL ANYTHING THAT IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION,
DISCLOSURE, OR USE IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF
CIENA CORPORATION IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN.
EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO ENSURE THAT THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS COMPLETE
AND ACCURATE AT THE TIME OF PUBLISHING; HOWEVER, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
While the information in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable, except as otherwise expressly agreed to
in writing CIENA PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENT “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. The information and/or products described in this document are subject to change
with out notice.
Copyright© 2010-2012 Ciena® Corporation. All rights reserved.
The material contained in this document is also protected by copyright laws of the United States of America and other
countries. It may not be reproduced or distributed in any form by any means, altered in any fashion, or stored in a data
base or retrieval system, without express written permission of the Ciena Corporation.
Security
Ciena® cannot be responsible for unauthorized use of equipment and will not make allowance or credit for
unauthorized use or access.
Contacting Ciena
Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com

Customer Technical Support/Warranty
In North America 1-800-CIENA24 (243-6224)
410-865-4961
In Europe, Middle East, 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
and Africa +44-207-012-5508
In Asia-Pacific 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
+81-3-6367-3989
+91-124-4340-600
In Caribbean and Latin 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
America 410-865-4944 (USA)
Sales and General Information 410-694-5700 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In North America 410-694-5700 or 800-207-3714 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Europe +44-207-012-5500 (UK) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Asia +81-3-3248-4680 (Japan) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In India +91-124-434-0500 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Latin America 011-5255-1719-0220 (Mexico City) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
877-CIENA-TD (243-6283)
Training E-mail: techtng@ciena.com
or 410-865-8996
For additional office locations and phone numbers, please visit the Ciena web site at www.ciena.com.
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Release 9.0 323-1851-090 Standard Issue 2
Copyright© 2010-2012 Ciena® Corporation. December 2012
IMPORTANT: PLEASE READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") CAREFULLY BEFORE
INSTALLING OR USING CIENA CORPORATION ("Ciena") SOFTWARE, HARDWARE OR DOCUMENTATION
(COLLECTIVELY, THE "EQUIPMENT").
BY INSTALLING OR USING THE EQUIPMENT, YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS
AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
1. Right to Use License; Restrictions. Subject to these terms, and the payment of all applicable license fees, Ciena
grants to you, as end user, a non-exclusive license to use the Ciena software (the "Software") in object code form
solely in connection with, and as embedded within, the Equipment,. You shall have the right to use the Software solely
for your own internal use and benefit. You may make one copy of the Software and documentation solely for backup
and archival purpose, however you must reproduce and affix all copyright and other proprietary rights notices that
appear in or on the original. You may not, without Ciena's prior written consent, (i) sublicense, assign, sell, rent, lend,
lease, transfer or otherwise distribute the Software; (ii) grant any rights in the Software or documentation not expressly
authorized herein; (iii) modify the Software nor provide any third person the means to do the same; (iv) create
derivative works, translate, disassemble, recompile, reverse engineer or attempt to obtain the source code of the
Software in any way; or (v) alter, destroy, or otherwise remove any proprietary notices or labels on or embedded within
the Software or documentation. You acknowledge that this license is subject to Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code and requires Ciena's consent to any assignment related to a bankruptcy proceeding. Sole title to the Software
and documentation, to any derivative works, and to any associated patents and copyrights, remains with Ciena or its
licensors. Ciena reserves to itself and its licensors all rights in the Software and documentation not expressly granted
to you. You shall preserve intact any notice of copyright, trademark, logo, legend or other notice of ownership from any
original or copies of the Software or documentation.
2. Audit: Upon Ciena's reasonable request, but not more frequently than annually without reasonable cause, you
shall permit Ciena to audit the use of the Software at such times as may be mutually agreed upon to ensure
compliance with this Agreement.
3. Confidentiality. You agree that you will receive confidential or proprietary information ("Confidential Information")
in connection with the purchase, deployment and use of the Equipment. You will not disclose Confidential Information
to any third party without prior written consent of Ciena, will use it only for purposes for which it was disclosed, use
your best efforts to prevent and protect the contents of the Software from unauthorized disclosure or use, and must
treat it with the same degree of care as you do your own similar information, but with no less than reasonable care.
You acknowledge that the design and structure of the Software constitute trade secrets and/or copyrighted materials of
Ciena and agree that the Equipment is Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.
4. U.S. Government Use. The Software is provided to the Government only with restricted rights and limited rights.
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions set forth in FAR Sections 52-227-14 and
52-227-19 or DFARS Section 52.227-7013(C)(1)(ii), as applicable. The Equipment and any accompanying technical
data (collectively "Materials") are commercial within the meaning of applicable Federal acquisition regulations. These
Materials were developed fully at private expense. U.S. Government use of the Materials is restricted by this
Agreement, and all other U.S. Government use is prohibited. In accordance with FAR 12.212 and DFAR Supplement
227.7202, software delivered to you is commercial computer software and the use of that software is further restricted
by this Agreement.
5. Term of License. This license is effective until terminated. Customer may terminate this license at any time by
giving written notice to Ciena [or] and destroying or erasing all copies of Software including any documentation. Ciena
may terminate this Agreement and your license to the Software immediately by giving you written notice of termination
in the event that either (i) you breach any term or condition of this Agreement or (ii) you are wound up other than
voluntarily for the purposes of amalgamation or reorganization, have a receiver appointed or enter into liquidation or
bankruptcy or analogous process in your home country. Termination shall be without prejudice to any other rights or
remedies Ciena may have. In the event of any termination you will have no right to keep or use the Software or any
copy of the Software for any purpose and you shall destroy and erase all copies of such Software in its possession or
control, and forward written certification to Ciena that all such copies of Software have been destroyed or erased.

6. Compliance with laws. You agree to comply with all applicable laws, including all import regulations, and to obtain
all required licenses and permits related to installation and use of Equipment. Software, including technical data, is
subject to U.S. export control laws, including the U.S. Export Administration Act and its associated regulations, and
may be subject to export or import regulations in other countries. Customer agrees to comply strictly with all such
regulations and acknowledges that it has the responsibility to obtain licenses to export, re-export, or import Software.
7. Limitation of Liability. ANY LIABILITY OF Ciena SHALL BE LIMITED IN THE AGGREGATE TO THE AMOUNTS
PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION APPLIES TO ALL CAUSES OF ACTION, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY,
MISREPRESENTATION AND OTHER TORTS. THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION
ALSO APPLY TO ANY THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIER OF Ciena. NEITHER Ciena NOR ANY OF ITS THIRD-PARTY
SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE, WHETHER INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOST PROFITS, CONTRACTS,
DATA OR PROGRAMS, AND THE COST OF RECOVERING SUCH DATA OR PROGRAMS, EVEN IF INFORMED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE
8. General. Ciena may assign this Agreement to any Ciena affiliate or to a purchaser of the intellectual property rights
in the Software, but otherwise neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned nor duties delegated
by either party, and any attempt to do so will be void. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Maryland (without regard to the conflict of laws provisions) and shall be enforceable in the courts of Maryland. The
U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply hereto. This Agreement constitutes
the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the parties relating to the license for the Software and
supersedes all proposals, communications, purchase orders, and prior agreements, verbal or written, between the
parties. If any portion hereof is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force
and effect.

v
Contents 0
New in this release vii
Applicability 1-1
Feature history 1-2
December 2012 1-2
October 2012 1-2
August 2012 1-3
June 2012 1-3
May 2012 1-6
December 2011 1-7
November 2011 1-10
November 2011 1-10
September 2011 1-11
May 2011 1-12
December 2010 1-15
September 2010 1-15
August 2010 1-15
September 2009 1-17
March 2009 1-20
December 2008 1-21
September 2008 1-22
April 2008 1-23
December 2007 1-24
June 2007 1-26
July 2006 1-28
February 2006 1-29
April 2005 1-29
November 2004 1-31
April 2004 1-34
Roadmap 2-1
Document identification numbers 2-3
Technical publications product engineering codes 2-3
Ordering technical publications 2-3
Technical publications volume descriptions 2-4
Volume 1 - Planning a Network 2-4
Volume 2 - Installing and Testing a Network 2-4

vi Contents
Volume 3 - Managing and Provisioning a Network 2-4

Volume 4 - Maintaining and Troubleshooting a Network 2-5
Technical publications descriptions 2-5
Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs, 323-1851-840 2-10
Circuit pack-based technical publications 2-11
List of terms 3-1
Master index 4-1
Technical assistance information 5-1

Technical assistance service telephone numbers 5-2
Field return information 5-3

vii
New in this release 0
The following sections detail what’s new in Documentation Roadmap,

323-1851-090 Standard Issue 2 for Release 9.0.
New features
This document does not cover any new software or hardware features.

viii New in this release

1-1
Applicability 1-
This chapter specifies supported software and hardware by this technical

publications library. It also identifies features introduced for each release of
the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500).
Supported software release

This technical publications library supports the software release for 6500
Release 9.0.
Supported hardware
This technical publications library supports the 6500 Release 9.0 hardware.
Audience
The following members of your company are the intended audience of this
document:
• planners
• provisioners
• network administrators
• transmission standards engineers
• maintenance personnel

1-2 Applicability
Feature history
December 2012
6500 Release 9.0 technical publications are up-issued to introduce the
following features:
• new bay
— ETSI 600 x 300 x 2200, non-seismic, with fixed solid rear panel & solid
side panels (MA001075)
• new common equipment and accessories
— Breaker Interface Panel, 4x50A, 2U D-type/wire-wrap alarm
connectors (NTK599BK)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 200 C, Red/Black, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FA)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 200°C, Blue/Grey, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FB)
• new circuit packs and modules
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539UB)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Regional with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539UC)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Metro with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UD)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539UE)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4
C-Band circuit pack (NTK539UH)
• new software features
— TL1 debug log collection
October 2012
following features:
• new bay
— ETSI 600 x 300 x 2200, non-seismic, with fixed solid rear panel & solid
side panels (MA001075)
connectors (NTK599BK)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, Red/Black, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FA)

Applicability 1-3
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, Grey/Blue, 2W2, 2.5 m

Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FB)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 4x1
circuit pack (NTK553HA)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1
circuit pack (NTK553JB)
— TL1 debug log collection
— 40G Wavelength-Selective 40G OCLDs (NTK539RxE5) circuit packs
enhancement:
– supporting 1+1 and TPT protection schemes
August 2012
6500 Release 9.12 is a maintenance release. The Release 9.1 technical
publications support both software releases 9.1 and 9.12. Software codes for
release 9.12 are available Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151.
For upgrade information, see Part 2 of 6500 Planning, NTRN10CA.
June 2012
6500 Release 9.1 technical publications introduce the following features:
• new 6500 shelf
— 6500 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly (NTK503LA)
— X-Conn 600G PKT/OTN circuit pack (NTK615AA)
— X-Conn 1600G PKT/OTN circuit pack (NTK616AA)
— Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP) circuit pack (NTK555LA)
— Shelf processor (SP-2) (NTK555EAE5)
— Cooling Fan Module for 2-slot shelf (NTK507NA)
connectors (NTK599BH)
— BIP/FIP Breaker Kit, 20A Breakers, Qty 2 (NTK599ZT)
— Power Input Card (breakerless) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 10A
(NTK505TA)
— 24 Vdc Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input
(NTK505TR)
— AC Power Input Card (100 - 240 Vac) (NTK505SB)
— 6500 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ Extended Depth (NTK509CD)

1-4 Applicability
— 6500 32-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit (NTK609CZ)

— 6500 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit for use with
NTK509CBE6(NTK509CY)
— 6500 14-slot Shelf Slot Front Cover Extension Kit for use with
NTK509CCE6(NTK509CZ)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 32-slot shelf, extended depth, 567 mm
centre-to-centre mounting holes, EIA Pitch, 127 mm Setback
(NTK609ME)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, Extended Depth, Optical/Rear IO shelf, EIA-23"
x 5" SB (NTK509LJ)
— 14-slot Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EG)
— 2-slot shelf air baffle kit (NTK509NEE6)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with 19 inch and 23
inch brackets (174-0042-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with ETSI brackets
(174-0042-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis kit with fiber management bar and
cover (174-0043-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis slot divider kit, top and bottom
(174-0059-001)
— Universal AC Rectifier Solution for Packet-Optical Transport
• new passive shelves, modules, and accessories
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with 19 inch and 23 inch brackets
(K80-0001-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with 19 inch and 23 inch brackets,
fiber management bar and cover (K80-0001-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with ETSI brackets (K80-0001-003)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with ETSI brackets, fiber
management bar and cover (K80-0001-004)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with 19 inch and 23
inch brackets (174-0042-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with ETSI brackets
(174-0042-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis kit with fiber management bar and
cover (174-0043-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis slot divider kit, top and bottom
(K80-0001-005)

Applicability 1-5

— Midstage Line Amplifier 2 (MLA2 C-Band) with variable optical
attenuator (VOA) circuit pack (NTK552FB)
— OTN XC I/F 40G circuit pack (NTK620AA)
— OTN I/F Flex 16xSFP circuit pack (NTK622AA)
• new pluggables
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G WDM, SMF, 1550 nm, 2km CFP
(NTTA03HE)
— 40GBASE-SR4, 4x10G, MMF, 850nm, 100m, MPO, CFP (NTTA11AA)
— 39.8G to 44.6G, 40G Serial, SMF, 1550nm, 2km CFP (NTTA13EEE6)
— Multirate 14xx (or 15xx or 16xx) nm CWDM SFPs (NTK596xH where
x= see Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3:
Table “Multirate DWDM/CWDM pluggable optics modules (SFP)”, for
complete list of ordering codes)
— 10x10G MUX circuit pack (NTK529BBE5) enhancement:
– supporting FC800 and FC1200 FLEX facilities
— 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532BAE5), (1+8)xOTN Flex
MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA), 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex
MOTR 8xSFP (DC-powered) shelf assembly (NTK503MAE5), and
6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP (AC-powered) shelf
assembly (NTK503NAE5) enhancement:
– supporting GE electrical 1000-BaseT SFP Module
(NTTP61AAE6)
– supporting traffic hairpin on (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack
(NTK532DA) circuit packs
— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5/NTK530PME5),
40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5), 10x10G MUX circuit pack
(NTK529BBE5), 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack (NTK529SJE5)
enhancement:
– supporting SONET signal fail (SF) and signal degrade (SD) on
OC-n/STM-n client ports
— L2 MOTR circuit pack (NTK531VAE5) enhancements:
– supporting FE electrical 100-BaseT SFP (NTTP61BAE6)
– supporting extended services
— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5/NTK530PME5), (1+8)xOTN
Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA) enhancement:
– supporting traffic hairpin

1-6 Applicability
— 40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5) enhancement:

– supporting terminal loopback
— 40G OCLDs (NTK539PxE5), 40G+ CFP OCI (NTK529SJE5), and
40G MUX OCI (NTK525CFE5) circuit packs enhancements:
– supported in 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly (NTK503LA)
— 803.ah support on L2MOTR/SMUX for CESD interworking
— Photonic enhancements:
– DOC enhancements
– new Photonic alarms
– Photonics Interworking
– 6500 and CPL GOADM interworking
– 6500 and CPL TIDc interworking
– OPM at Line Amp sites
– RTD and distance measurement using 2xOSC circuit pack
(NTK554BAE5)
– OSC PMs
– MLA2v software support and configurations
– Passive Photonic enhancements
See 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA,
for detailed information.
— Site Manager enhancements
— Data Communications enhancements
— Re-naming Site Manager “ODU Connections” application to
“Transponder Connections”
— TIDc for 6500-CPL mixed networks
— OTN transport and switched services support
• upgrade support from Releases 7.01/7.02/8.00/8.10/9.00
May 2012
6500 Release 9.0.5 technical publications are up-issued to introduce the
following features:
— Cable Assembly, STP Cat 5E, RJ45, TIA568, Crossover, Single, 5 m
(NTTC09CAE6)
(NTTC09CBE6)

Applicability 1-7

(NTTC09CCE6)
(NTTC09CDE6)
(NTTC09CEE6)
(NTTC09CFE6)
(NTTC09CHE6)
— Cable Assembly, STP Cat 5E, RJ45, TIA568B, Straight, Single, 5 m
(NTTC09DAE6)
(NTTC09DBE6)
(NTTC09DCE6)
(NTTC09DDE6)
(NTTC09DEE6)
(NTTC09DFE6)
(NTTC09DHE6)
— SONET/SDH Control Plane
• upgrade support from Releases 07.02/8.00/8.10
December 2011
6500 Release 9.0 technical publications introduce the following features:
• new 6500 shelf
— 6500 14-slot packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK503SA)
— High Flow Front Cooling Fan Module (Type 3) (NTK507LS)
— High Flow Rear Cooling Fan Module (Type 3) (NTK507MS)
— X-Conn 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557ES)
— X-Conn 240G+ 80G VT1.5/VC-12 circuit pack (240/80) (NTK557GS)
— 2x50A Power Input Card (breakerless) (NTK505DS)

1-8 Applicability
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 19” rack, 465mm centre-to-centre mounting

holes, EIA/WECO hole pitch(NTK509MR)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 600mm rack, 515mm centre-to-centre mounting
holes, ETSI hole pitch(NTK509MS)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 23” rack, 567mm centre-to-centre mounting
holes, EIA/WECO hole pitch(NTK509MT)
— 6500 small optical installation/IRM kit (NTK509NZE6)
— Terminal lug, two-hole, 90 degree, standard barrel, #8 AWG, #10 bolt
size, 5/8 hole spacing, copper, TIN PLT, red 21 (332-0319-001)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509CCE6)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509DCE6)
— Fuseholder pull tool (N0207221)
• new passive shelves, modules, and accessories
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with 19 inch brackets, fiber
management bar and cover (B-967-0001-002)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with 23 inch brackets, fiber
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with ETSI inch brackets, fiber
— 2150 half-width blank (filler panel) (B-390-0069-001)
— 2150 full-slot blank (filler panel) (B-720-0016-001)
— CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter
(OMDF4) 100 GHz modules (various modules: B-720-0020-0xx)
— CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz
modules (various modules: B-720-0022-00x)
— CN-BS1-x 1-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz, CN-BS2-xx 2-Group Band
Splitter 100 GHz, CN-BS3-ABE 3-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz,
CN-BS5 5-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz modules (various modules:
B-720-0020-0xx)
— CN-51S-00, 1-Ch OSCF (CWDM 1511 nm) module (B-720-0014-003)
— 19 inch mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; front or centre mounting
(B-955-0004-003)
— 2110 shelf with 19 inch brackets for EIA or NEBS equipment racks
(B-955-0004-005)
— "23 inch mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; front or centre mounting
(B-955-0004-004)
— 2110 shelf with 23 inch brackets for EIA or NEBS equipment racks
(B-955-0004-006)

Applicability 1-9
— mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; 300 or 600 mm mounting

(B-955-0004-007)
— 2110 shelf with ETSI bracket configured for 300 mm rack brackets
(B-955-0004-008)
— 2110 blank (filler panel) (B-955-0004-001)
— 2110-Tx-xxxx Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) (various
half-width and full-width modules: B-955-0003-00x, B-955-0003-3xx,
166-0203-9xx, 166-0403-9xx)

— eDC40G OCLD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band circuit pack
(NTK539RBE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Regional Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539RCE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Metro Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539RDE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Submarine Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539REE5)
— 100G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529AC)
— OTN Flex MOTR 1xXFP/8xSFP circuit pack (NTK532DA)
— Fixed Gain Amplifier (FGA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552AB)
— Submarine Line Idler 10-Channel (SLIC10 C-Band) circuit pack
(NTK554HA)
— Selective Mux/Demux (SMD) 50 GHz C-Band 8x1 circuit pack
(NTK553GAE5)
— 12 Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD12 C-Band) circuit pack
(NTK508FAE5)
• new pluggables
— Multirate 1310 nm SFP, SMF, 25 km SFP (B-700-1036-001)
— 200 Mbps ESCON, 1310 nm SFP, MMF, 2 km (B-730-0003-001)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G WDM, SMF, 1310nm, 10km CFP
(NTTA03BJE6)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G WDM, SMF, 1550nm, 10km CFP
(NTTA03GJ)
— Re-naming “E-SPRing” to “G.8032 ERP”

1-10 Applicability
— Photonic enhancements (DOC, alarms, interworking, PMs, CMD

ADJ-Tx/Rx adjacency types, colorless and passive configurations).
See 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA,
for detailed information.
— Security enhancements (account dormancy, IP access control,
RADIUS accounting, Syslog)
— Service bundles
— Auto-concatenation
— Layer 2 enhancement; 802.1ab LLDP Topology discovery for Carrier
Ethernet Service Delivery (CESD) alignment
— SNMP proxy for TIDc NEs
— New TIDc configurations
— 100G integrated testset
— SAPI/DAPI
November 2011
following features:
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1 circuit pack (NTK553KAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Enh PMD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539RAE5)
• new pluggables
— Multirate 1528.38 to 1568.77 (1-88) 50GHz Type 2 DWDM XFP
(NTK583AB)
• upgrade support from Releases
5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.03/6.04/7.00/7.01/7.02/8.00
November 2011
following features:
— 40G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529SJE5)
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP circuit pack (NTK530NCE5)

Applicability 1-11
• new pluggables
— Multirate LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84Hx where x= see
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3: Table
“Multirate DWDM/CWDM pluggable optics modules (XFP)”, for
complete list of ordering codes)
— 40GBASE-LR4, 4x10G, CWDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km, LC CFP
(NTTA11BAE6)
— 40GBASE-LR4/G695, 4x10G, CWDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km, LC CFP
(NTTA12BAE6)
— upgrade support from Releases
5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.03/6.04/7.00/7.01/7.02
September 2011
Release 8.1 of 6500 introduces the following new features:
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP circuit pack (NTK530NCE5)
— Supporting 40G optical transponders (40G OTRs) using
40G OCI/40G UOCLD or 40/43G OCI/40G UOCLD combination
— Supporting hairpin connections on 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex
MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly (DC-powered) (NTK503MAE5), 6500
2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly
(AC-powered) (NTK503NAE5), OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP circuit pack
(NTK532BAE5)
– supporting connection ID on virtual segment section (VCS)
– supporting infinite wait to restore time (non-revertive) on E-SPRing
Attention: If you want to use “connection ID on VCS” or “infinite wait to

restore time (non-revertive) on E-SPRing” features for other Layer 2 circuit
packs, you must contact your Ciena representative.
— 10x10G MUX circuit pack (NTK529BBE5) enhancements:

– G.7041 compliant Client Management Frames (CMF) and Ordered
Set Transparency
– supporting 1+1 port TPT protection
– supporting 9.95G-11.1G multirate 1550 nm XFP module
(NTTP84AAE6)

1-12 Applicability

5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.03/6.04/7.00/7.01/7.02/8.00
May 2011
• new 6500 shelves
— 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly
(DC-powered) (NTK503MAE5)
— 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly
(AC-powered) (NTK503NAE5)
• new common equipment and accessories (used in 2-slot shelf)
— Cooling Fan Module (NTK507NAE5)
— Air filter (NTK509ENE6)
— Shelf front cover (NTK509CNE6)
• new cables (used in 2-slot shelf)
— AC Power Cord - North America, RA IEC320(F) to twist-lock plug
(NEMA L5-15P); 15A/110VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49ACE6)
— AC Power Cord - North America, RA IEC320(F) to standard plug
(NEMA 5-15); 15A/110VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49ADE6)
— AC Power Cord - European, RA IEC320(F) to 2-pin plug (CEE 7/7);
16A/250VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49AEE6)
— Environmental alarm cable kit (3 m) (NT6Q59ABE6)
• new bracket kits (used in 2-slot shelf)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 2U, 465 mm centre-to-centre mounting holes,
50/100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509NAE6)
50/100/127 mm setback, ETSI universal hole pitch (NTK509NBE6)
50/100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509NCE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 2U, wall mount (NTK509NDE6)
— Cable management kit (NTK509KAE6)
• new breaker kit (used in 2-slot shelf)
— BIP/FIP Breaker Kit, 10A Breakers, Qty 2 (NTK599ZR)
• new common equipment and accessories (used in 14-slot shelf)
— Air Filter for 14-slot shelf (NTK509EEE6)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509CCE6)

Applicability 1-13
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509DCE6)

— Fuseholder pull tool (N0207221)
— Optical Power Monitor (OPM C-Band) 2 Port circuit packs
(NTK553PAE5)
— Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Blue)
module (NTT862BCE5)
— Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Red)
module (NTT862BDE5)
— Midstage Line Amplifier 3 (MLA3) (NTK552GAE5)
— 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band module
(NTK504AAE5/NTK504ABE5/NTK504ACE5/NTK504ADE5/
NTK504AEE5/NTK504AFE5/NTK504AGE5/NTK504AHE5/
NTK504AJE5)
— OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK532BAE5)
— 10-channel transponder protection tray (TPT-10) (NT0H59ACE5)
• new pluggables
— OC-3/STM-1 CWDM 1511 nm SFP Module (12-42 dB span)
(NTK592NVE5)
— Multi-rate 1310 nm SFP module (NTTP13CFE6)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy (or 16xx.yy) nm DWDM 1600 ps/nm SFPs
(NTK586xxE5 where xx= see Planning - Ordering Information,
323-1851-151, Chapter 3: Table “Multi-rate DWDM pluggable optics
modules (SFP)”, for complete list of ordering codes)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy – 16xx.yy Tunable Dispersion Tolerant DWDM 3200
ps/nm XFPs (NTK589xxE6 where xx= see Planning - Ordering
Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3: Table “Multi-rate DWDM
pluggable optics modules (XFP)”, for complete list of ordering codes)
— 9.95G-11.09G multi-rate 1550 nm XFP (NTTP81KAE6)
— 100GBASE-LR4, LC connectors, 1310 nm CFP module
(NTTA01BJE6)
— Photonic enhancements (DSCM topology support, retrieve
wavelength rules, four OTS support in 32-slot packet-optical shelf,
enhanced software support for OMX). See 6500 Packet-Optical
Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA, for detailed information.
— Enhancements on CMD Tx/Rx type discovery, Tx power and Tx
wavelength autoprovisioning, network and site alarm correlation per
circuit pack type

1-14 Applicability
— 40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5 variant) enhancements:

– 1+1 TPT support when in MOTR configuration with 40G OCLD
circuit pack (NTK539PxE5)
– FC800/FC1200 FLEX facility support
Set Transparency
— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5 and NTK530PME5 variants)
enhancements:
– The NTK530PME5 variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack supports
FC800, FC1200, and 5G IBM Parallel Sysplex InfiniBand (PSIFB)
on the FLEX facilities
– Ultra FEC (UFEC) support for OTM2 line and client
– Single-circuit pack 1+1 OTM2 line protection
Set Transparency
— 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit packs (NTK512FAE5 and NTK513FAE5)
enhancement; supporting SDH-J
— 2.5G MOTR circuit pack (NTK530NAE5) enhancements:
– supporting Laser Off Far End Fail (LOFEF) on OC-48/STM-16
clients
– OTM1 client support
— 40G XCIF and 40G UOCLD unprotected configuration
— FLEX MOTR circuit pack (NTK531YAE5) enhancements:
– supporting 1+1 TPT protection
– supporting ESCON protocol
– SONET/SDH monitored (with PMs and alarming) transparent
clients
– 1+1 LAG protection
– EPL-Emulated services over E-Spring
– EPL-Emulated services in parallel with E-Spring
— 20G L2SS circuit pack (NTK531HAE5) enhancements:
– EPL-Emulated services over E-Spring
– EPL-Emulated services in parallel with E-Spring
– LACP support on single-card LAG ports
– EVPL connection support

Applicability 1-15
— MRO circuit packs (NTK512GAE5, NTK513GAE5, NTK521CAE5,

NTK522CAE5) reconfigurations
— In-service line rate reconfigurations
— Extra traffic support on BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS connections
— Port naming/CLFI
— AINS/Maintenance state expansion
— Bandwidth defragmentation support on 4xGE EPL circuit packs
(NTK535LAE5 and NTK535LAE5), 1x10GE EPL circuit packs
(NTK533AAE5), 24x10/100BT EPL circuit packs (NTK548BAE5 and
NTK548MAE5), and L2SS circuit packs (NTK531BAE5)
— Visualization enhancements
— Data Communications enhancements
• upgrade support from Releases 5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.03/6.04/7.00/7.01
December 2010
following features:
• 10x10G MUX Multi-Protocol 10xXFP circuit pack (NTK529BBE5)
• 100G OCI 100GE 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529AAE5)
September 2010
following features:
• New variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PME5)
• New variant of 40G OCLD circuit pack (eDC40G OCLD MetroHSRx
1xOTU3+ DWDM L-Band; NTK539PUE5)
• 5G-11.09G multi-rate XFP module (NTTP86BAE6)
• 24-node ring support for 4-Fiber BLSR / MS-SPRing
August 2010
• new hardware
— 100G OCLD circuit packs:
– eDC100G OCLD Enh PMD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TAE5)
– eDC100G OCLD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM (NTK539TBE5)
– eDC100G OCLD Regional C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TCE5)

1-16 Applicability
– eDC100G OCLD Metro C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM (NTK539TDE5)

– eDC100G OCLD Submarine C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TEE5)
— 10x10G MUX 10GE 10xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK529BAE5)
— 40G UOCLD circuit packs:
– eDC40G OCLD ULH C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539XAE5)
– eDC40G OCLD ULH Submarine C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM
(NTK539XEE5)
— Optical Supervisory and Idler Channel circuit pack (OSIC)
(NTK528XAE5)
— OC-n/STM-n 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP circuit pack
(NTK522CAE5)
— OC-n/STM-n OTN 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP circuit pack
(NTK522DAE5)
— New variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5)
— 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM L-Band circuit pack
(NTK526JBE5)
— Flex MOTR 8xSFP, 2xXFP circuit pack (NTK531YAE5)
— 10GBASE-LR/FC1200-SM-L,1310nm, SFP+ Module (NTTP30CFE6)
— NTK587AxE5-NTK587DxE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full
details)
— NTK587ExE5-NTK587HxE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full
details)
— NTK583AAE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see Planning -
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full details)
50/100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509PCE6)
— 1+1 TPT support on NGM WT circuit packs
(NTK530AAE5/NTK530BAE5/NTK530CAE5/NTK530ABE5/
NTK530BBE5/NTK530ACE5/NTK530BCE5)
— OTU3 support on 40/43G OCI circuit pack (NTK529SDE5)
— GCC0 support on OTM2 client port of 10G OTSC circuit pack
(NTK528AAE5)
— Additional 7-slot 6500 shelf configurations

Applicability 1-17
— Optical test access

— 4-Fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS
— 2-Fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing support on 40G XCIF circuit pack
— 24-node ring support for 2-Fiber BLSR / MS-SPRing
— Ethernet OAM
— L2 MOTR enhancements
— 20G L2SS enhancements
— PM enhancements
— Photonic enhancements
— Site Manger enhancements
— Visualization enhancements
— SNMP v3 support
— Provisionable severity enhancements
• upgrade support from Releases 5.12/5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.5/6.6
September 2009
• new shelf
— 32-slot optical shelf assembly (NTK603AAE5)
— 7-slot optical shelf assembly (NTK503PAE5)
— X-CONN 640G+ STS-1/VC-3 (640/0) (NTK610BBE5)
— 2-slot x 2-row filler card (NTK605XAE5)
— Shelf processor (SP-2) Circuit Pack Kit, Release 6.0 (NTZF03FAE5)
— Shelf Processor (SP-2 with Control Plane Processor) Circuit Pack Kit,
Release 6.0(NTZF06FAE5)
— 3x60A Power Input Card (breakered) (NTK605CAE5)
— 3x60A Power Input Card (fused) (NTK605EAE5)
— Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 40A
(NTK505EEE5)
— Access Panel for 32-slot 6500 shelf assembly (NTK605MAE5)
— Access Panel for 7-slot 6500 shelf assembly (NTK505PAE5)
— 32-slot 6500 shelf front cover (NTK609CAE6)
— 7-slot 6500 shelf front cover (NTK509CPE6)
— Cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (NTK607AAE5)
— Cooling fan module for 7-slot 6500 shelf (NTK507PAE5)

1-18 Applicability
— Plate for cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (front Panel, rear
exhaust) (N0194145)
— Plate for cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (rear panel, front
exhaust)
(N0194147)
— 32-slot 6500 air filter (NTK609EAE6)
— 7-slot 6500 air filter (NTK509EPE6)
— 7-slot 6500 air flow direction control kit (NTK509JPE6)
— 6500 shelf installation kit, ETSI/ANSI/EIA (NTK609ZXE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 22U, 515 mm centre-to-centre mounting holes, 50
mm setback, 25/50 mm hole pitch(NTK609MAE6)
mm setback, 2 inch hole pitch (NTK609MBE6)
mm setback, 25/50 mm hole pitch (NTK609MCE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 6U, 465/567 mm centre-to-centre mounting holes,
100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509PAE6)
50/100 mm setback, 25 mm hole pitch (NTK509PBE6)
— ESI/ESO cable, DB9M reverse angled to open, solid wire (30 m)
(NTTC08AFE6)
(NTTC08AGE6)
(NTTC08AHE6)
— Telemetry/Alarm cable, DB25M reverse angled to open, solid wire (30
m) (NTTC08BFE6)
— Telemetry/Alarm cable, DB25M reverse angled to open, solid wire (60
m) (NTTC08BGE6)
— Telemetry/Alarm cable, DB25M reverse angled to open, solid wire
(100 m) (NTTC08BHE6)
— Female DB25 to wire wrap adapter (NTK605MYE5)
— Female DB9 to wire wrap adapter (NTK605MZE5)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Left Routed 2W2_2W2, 2.5
m, Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01CBE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Right Routed 2W2_2W2, 2.5
m, Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01CDE6)

Applicability 1-19
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Left Routed 2W2, 2.5 m,

Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CFE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Right Routed 2W2, 2.5 m,
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CHE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex Blue/Grey, Left Routed 2W2,
2.5 m, Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CJE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex Blue/Grey, Right Routed 2W2,
2.5 m, Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CKE6)
— 21U adapter rail, 19” EIA x 4” setback for PTE2000-EEA
(NTRU6561E6)
— 21U adapter rail, 19” EIA x 5” setback for PTE2000-EEA
(NTRU6571E6)
— 6500 7-slot Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EAE5)
— 6500 32-slot Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EBE5)
— 2" x 2" x 6 ft. slotted vertical fiber duct kit (yellow, slots 1.5 in ctrs)
(A0831575)
• new hardware
— 2x10G XFP, 10xGE SFP, L2 MOTR circuit pack (NTK531VAE5)
— XC I/F 40G STS-1/HO circuit pack (NTK525FAE5)
— 16xOC-n circuit packs including:
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G STS-1/HO SFP circuit pack (NTK512GAE5)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack (NTK513GAE5)
— 8.5G-11.09G multi-rate (NTTP86BAE6) XFP Module
— GE/FC100 1.25 Gbit/s 32 dB CWDM SFP Module (NTK591xH where
x= L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T)
— Control Plane support
— E-SPRing /ITU G.8032 (2008) Ethernet Shared Protection Ring
— E-line Ethernet Virtual Private Line (EVPL) service
— Pre-FEC signal degrade alarm
— Photonic enhancements
— DOC enhancements
— Comms enhancements

1-20 Applicability
March 2009
• new hardware
— L2 MOTR circuit pack
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM with Enhanced PMD Compensation
L-Band circuit pack (NTK539PPE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM L-Band circuit pack (NTK539PQE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Regional L-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PRE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Metro L-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PSE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Submarine L-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PTE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy EML DWDM XFP (NTK587xx; see Planning -
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering PECs)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G STS-1/HO SFP circuit pack (NTK512GAE5)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack (NTK513GAE5)
— Support for Multi-rate 15xx.yy nm Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP
(NTK588xx; see Planning Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for
ordering PECs) on OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP
(NTK530NAE5) circuit packs
— Extra C-band tunable wavelength support (1527.60 nm, 1527.99 nm,
1528.38 nm, and 1565.50 nm) for 40G OCLD C-band circuit packs
(NTK539PAE5/NTK539PBE5/NTK539PCE5/
NTK539PDE5/NTK539PEE5)
— 8-way branching (50GHz)
— Photonic remote CMD44 application
— Service-photonic layer interoperability (SPLI)
— Photonic site level alarm correlation
— Stretch Span support through GCC channel
— Distributed ROADM application
— 1+1 TPT protection on SuperMux circuit packs
— Push-button equalization (PBE) server
— XFP PEC adoption and Incremental expansion packs
— Path connection rollover

Applicability 1-21
— 10GE to STS-192c/STM-64c to OTU2 Mapping on 2x10G OTR circuit

pack
— Ethernet in first mile (EFM) on SuperMux circuit packs (note that EFM
on SuperMux supports interworking with OME1110 only)
December 2008
• new hardware
— 10.7G SONET/SDH NGM Submarine Reach WT w/ XFP circuit pack
(NTK530CAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Submarine C-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PEE5)
— 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256/OTU3 circuit pack (NTK529SDE5)
— 20G L2SS 16 Port I/O 2xXFP / 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK531HAE5)
— 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel (NTK575YZE5)
— 12xSFP I/O carrier (NTK575EAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557EAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+/80G VT1.5/VC-12 (240/80) circuit pack
(NTK557GAE5)
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit pack (NTK553FAE5)
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1circuit pack (NTK553KCE5)
44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Blue) module
(NTT862BAE5)
— 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Red) module
(NTT862BBE5)
— Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (BMD-2) module (NTT862DAE5)
— LIM C-Band circuit pack (NTK552DAE5)
— MLA2 C-Band circuit pack (NTK552FAE5)
— FC100 MX/FC200 MX/FC400 MX 850 nm SFP (NTTP11AF)
— FC100 SM-L/FC200 SM-L/FC400 SM-M 1310 nm SFP (NTTP11BF)
— FC100 SM-L/FC200 SM-L/FC400 SM-L 1310 nm SFP (NTTP11CF)
• new common equipment
— Fused Power input card (NTK505EAE5)
— Layer 2 (L2) service enhancements
— LACP on L2SS, 20G L2SS, and PDH Gateway circuit packs

1-22 Applicability
— SONMP support on PDH Gateway circuit packs

— Photonic service enhancements
— Interior SLA
— 5-way branching (50GHz and 100GHz)
— Photonic Differential provisioning
— Datacomms enhancements (TL1 Gateway, FTP/FTAM Bridge (File
Transfer Gateway), Private IP, IP Dead Gateway Detection, COLAN-A
Tunneling, Secure HTTP)
— Security enhancements (User-ID Based Intrusion Detection (UBID),
Security Default User Account Handling and Security Audit Trail Logs
Enhancements)
— SuperMux enhancements
— 1+1 TPT protection on 2x10G OTR circuit packs
— VT/VC access BLSR/MS-SPRing
— 40G interworking with Optical Long Haul 1600 (LH1600G)
line-systems
— XFP PEC adoption and
— upgrade support from Releases 4.01/5.0/5.02/ 5.12
September 2008
• new hardware
— Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) (NT0H59AAE5, NT0H59ABE5,
NT0H59BAE5, or NT0H59BBE5)
— 2x10G OTR 4x10-11.3G XFP circuit pack (NTK530PAE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy nm Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP (see Planning
- Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering PECs)
— 10G L2SS 16 Port I/O 2xXFP / 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK531HAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557EAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+/80G STS-1/VT-1.5 (240/80) circuit pack
(NTK557GAE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy – 15xx.yy Tunable Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP
(see Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering
PECs)
— SuperMux 10 Port SFP 1x10.7G DWDM circuit pack (GFP-F variant;
NTK535EBE5)
— WSS 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1 circuit pack (NTK553JAE5)

Applicability 1-23
— GE 100-Base-FX 1310 nm SFP Module (NTTP12ACE6)

— GE 100-Base-LX10 1310 nm SFP Module (NTTP12BCE6)
— GE electrical 100-BaseT SFP Module (NTTP61BAE6)
connectors (NTK599BGE5)
— Photonic optical drop and continue
— Photonic optical branching
— Photonic optical broadcast
— 1+1 OTN line-side protection on 40G line
— OTM2 line facility loopbacks on 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT, 10GEL
WT,
10G OTR, and 2.5G MOTR circuit packs
— Layer 2 (L2) service enhancements
• new software features (continued)
— PM graphing
— Database Replication Service (DBRS)
— High order DSM
— RPR steering
— Converged MSPP and Photonic services
— SONET support for Multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit pack
— 6500 40G circuit packs management by using SNMP v3 feature of
Optical Metro 5100/5200 System Manager Interface (SMI)
— 10GBASE-SR,SW, 850 nm (NTTP81AA) XFP supported on
10GEL WT, 10G OTR, and 10G OTSC circuit packs
3.0/4.01/5.0/5.02/5.1/5.114.01/5.0/5.02/5.11/5.12
April 2008
• new Broadband circuit packs
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM with Enhanced PMD Compensation
(NTK539PAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PBE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Regional 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PCE5)

1-24 Applicability
— eDC40G OCLD Metro 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PDE5)

— 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256 (NTK529SAE5)
— 4x10G MUX 4x10-11.1G XFP (NTK525CAE5)
• new SFP pluggable modules for 2xOSC circuit packs
— OC-3/STM-1 CWDM 1511 nm SFP module (0-15 dB span)
(NTK592NPE6)
— 40G inventory and equipment support
— OTM3 facilities & PMs
— OC-768/STM-256 facilities & PMs
— OTM3 GCC0 and GCC1 Comms
— Line TTI Trail Trace (OCLD and OCI)
— Client Section Trace (OCI)
— 40G client facility loopbacks on 40G OCI and 40G line facility
loopbacks on 40G OCLD circuit packs
— Alarming
• upgrade support from Release 5.0
December 2007
• new converged/40G shelves
— Converged/40G Optical Shelf Assembly (NTK503ADE5)
— Converged/40G Optical/Front Electrical Shelf Assembly (NTK503BDE5)
— Converged/40G Optical/Rear Electrical Shelf Assembly (NTK503CDE5)
— Shelf processor (SP) circuit pack (NTK555AB)
— 60A power input card (breakered) (NTK505CAE5)
— 60A power input card (breakerless) (NTK505DAE5)
— High flow front cooling fan module (NTK507LDE5)
— High flow rear cooling fan module (NTK507MDE5)
— Access panel with connections for eight external slots (SONET)
(NTK505MBE5)
• new Broadband circuit packs
— NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM (Regional Reach)
(NTK530BA)

Applicability 1-25
— NGM WT 1x10GE LAN 1x11.1G DWDM (Regional Reach)

(NTK530BB)
— NGM WT 1xOTU2 1x10.7G DWDM (Premium Reach) (NTK530AC)
— NGM WT 1xOTU2 1x10.7G DWDM (Regional Reach) (NTK530BC)
— 10G OTR 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.1G DWDM (NTK530MA)
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP (NTK530NA)
Attention: The above Broadband circuit packs were introduced and

supported in previous releases of the 6500 Broadband platform. However,
they are newly supported in the MSPP platform of 6500 Release 5.0.
— 10G OTSC 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.3G DWDM (NTK528AAE5)

— SuperMux 10 Port SFP 1x10.7G DWDM (NTK535EAE5)
• new XFP pluggable module for 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT, 10GEL WT,
10G OTU2 WT, and 10G OTR, and 10G OTSC circuit packs
— OC192/STM64 SR-1: I-64.1 / 10GBASE-LR,LW / OTU2 /
10G FC1200 (NTTP84BA)
• new Photonic circuit packs and modules
— OSC w/WSC 2 port SFP 2 Port 10BT (2xOSC) circuit pack
(NTK554BAE5)
— Single Line Amplifier (SLA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552AAE5)
— Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552BAE5)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band circuit
pack (NTK553EAE5)
— 44 Channel Mux/Demux 100 GHz C-Band (CMD44) module
(NTT862AAE5)
— Dispersion Slope Compensation Module (DSCM)
(NTT870AA-AH/AJ-AN/AP-AQ, NTT870CA-CH/CJ, NTT870EA-ED,
and NTT870GA-GG)
• new SFP pluggable modules for 2xOSC circuit packs
(NTK592NPE6)
(NTK592NBE6)
(NTK592NHE6)

1-26 Applicability
• new SFP pluggable modules support FC and FICON

— GE/FC100/FC200 1000-BaseSX 850 nm (NTTP06AF)
— GE/FC100/FC200 1000-BaseLX 1310 nm (NTTP06CF)
— Shelf processor redundancy
— New 1+1 Enhanced Truck Switch (ETS) protection configurations
— SNMP enhancements
— Target Identifier (TID) consolidation
— Equipment provisioning validation based on shelf cooling capacity
— Equipment provisioning validation based on shelf power capacity
— Equipment mode
— Data communications enhancements
— Low order PMs
• upgrade support from Releases 2.51, 3.0, 3.1, and 4.01
Attention: It is recommended to review Data Application Guide, NTRN15BA

to find out about the new/enhanced features related to data applications and
SNMP enhancements.
June 2007
• new circuit packs
— L2SS DS1/E1/DS3/E3 4xGE circuit pack (NTK531MAE5)
— 1xOC-192/STM-64 AM1/AM2 DWDM tunable HO circuit pack
(NTK526JAE5) and 1xOC-192/STM-64 AM1/AM2 DWDM tunable LO
circuit pack (NTK527JAE5)
— 16xSTM-1e electrical working circuit pack (NTK546CAE5) and
16xSTM-1e electrical protection circuit pack (NTK546NAE5)
— 1x10GE EPL circuit pack (NTK533AAE5)
• new pluggable modules:
— XFPs for 10GE EPL circuit pack
– 10GBase-SR,SW (NTTP81AA)
– 10GBase-ER,EW (NTTP81DA)

Applicability 1-27
— SFPs for Ethernet applications

– GE electrical 1000-BaseT SFP Module (NTTP61AAE6)
• 32xSTM-1e Front I/O Panel (NTK573FAE5) and STM-1e cables
(NTTC04BA-BK and NTTC04CA-CK)
• 6500 customer location Equipment (CLE) device (H/W, S/W, cables, and
accessories)
• DCC transparency
• 64-character connection ID
• Channelized loopback
• EFM on the 24x10/100BT with 8xSFP circuit pack
• Link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS)
• Secure shell
• Transmux enhancements (SDH support):
— E1 functionality
— E3 functionality
• DS1 drop-and-continue (broadcast)
• L2SS enhancements (applicable to both L2SS and PDH gateway circuit
packs):
— LO_VC3 cross-connects on L2SS circuit packs
— L2SS multipoint-to-multipoint (M2M) support
— 1+1 L2SS protection
— VCE statistics
— oversubscription ratio
— scheduler profiles
— new port statistics
— CTAG classification and modification
— OM enhancements
• RPR enhancements:
— interring and LAN-LAN switching
— LAG on LAN facilities
— expanded ring rate
• Layer 2 control frame support
• SONMP topology discovery

1-28 Applicability
July 2006
— RPR 10G STS-1/HO 4xGE circuit pack
— MXC 20G/20G VT1.5/VC-12 5xSFP circuit pack
— 48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) circuit pack
— 24xDS3/E3 Working circuit pack
— 24xDS3/E3 Protection circuit pack
— NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM circuit pack
— NGM WT 1x10GE LAN 1x11.1G DWDM circuit pack
— OC-48/STM-16 DWDM SFPs (41 C-band wavelengths)
— XFPs for NGM WT circuit packs
– OC192/STM64 SR1/I64.1 10G Base-LW/LR
– OC192/STM64 IR2/S64.2b 10G Base-EW/ER
– 10G Base-LW/LR
• support on the 2.5 Gbit/s CWDM SFPs for the OC-3/STM-1 and
OC-12/STM-4 rates in addition to the OC-48/STM-16 rate already
supported
• two new 16 channel DWDM optical multiplexers (OMX) - C-band and
L-band
• new optical/rear electrical shelf with integrated cooling shelf
• resilient packet ring (RPR) support for a ring based network across
multiple Ethernet ports for efficient transport of packets
• enhanced non-preemptible unprotected traffic (ENUT) for protection
channels on BLSR/MS-SPRing configuration (for RPR protection)
• DCN enhancements:
— interworking with OM3000 R14.1 using GRE tunnels
— OSPF over DCC
— OSI remote login (rlogin)
• security enhancements:
— force out user sessions
— user specified simultaneous login limit
• secure command line interface (CLI) for data management (forwarding
database retrieval)

Applicability 1-29
• manual switches of cross-connect circuit packs

• nodal SLAT assistant tool (NSAT) for step by step guide through system
lineup and testing (SLAT) process
• backup and restore enhancements
— hitless data restore for cross-connect and OC-n/STM-n circuit packs
— preserve comms data option (golden database).
February 2006
— 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack
— 24x10/100BT EPL with 8xSFP circuit pack
— 100-Base-FX 100 Mbit/s 1310 nm multimode, 2 km
— 100-Base-LX FE, 1310 nm, 10 km
— 100-Base-BX10-U, 1310 nm Tx, 10 km (bidirectional upstream)
— 100-Base-BX10-D, 1530 nm Tx, 10 km (bidirectional downstream)
• new shelf hardware
— 48x10/100BT I/O panels unprotected (front and rear versions)
— new front covers (with captive mechanism)
• 1U AC rectifier
• full 80G VT1.5/VC11 and VT2/VC12 support on 80/80 cross-connect
circuit pack (see Planning Guide, NTRN11BE for OMN limitations)
• upgrade support from Releases 1.2, 1.21, and 2.0
April 2005
• new hardware
— 20G VT1.5/VC-12 cross-connect circuit pack (20/20)
— 24xDS3/EC-1 working and protection circuit packs
— 48xDS3/EC-1 I/O panel (front and rear versions)
— DS1 service module (DSM) hardware
– DSM shelf assembly
– 84xDS1 termination module (TM) circuit pack
– DSM breaker interface panel (BIP)

1-30 Applicability
— new pluggables:
– 1 new STM-1e SFP (1.0/2.3mm)
– 8 new OC-48/STM-16 CWDM SFPs (8 wavelengths, 1471 nm to
1611 nm)
– 1 new OC-3/STM-1 SFP (SR0 multimode)
– 1 new OC-3/12/STM-1/4 SFP (SR1/I1.1_I4.1)
– 1 new GE ZX 1550 nm SFP
– 8 new GE/FC CDWM SFPs (8 wavelengths, 1471 nm to 1611 nm)
• performance monitoring (PM) enhancements:
— DS1, DS3, and EC-1 PMs
— FTP of PMs (for OMEA)
• alarm enhancements
— enhanced VT1.5/VC12 alarm support (up to 1344 per slot)
— support for DS1, DS3, EC-1, and DSM alarms
• DS1, DS3, and EC-1 loopbacks
— intrusion attempt handling for DSM
— OSI login security for DSM
• time of day (TOD) synchronization to simple network timing protocol
(SNTP) server
• protection enhancements:
— unprotected DS1, DS3/EC-1
— 1:N equipment protection for DS3/EC-1
— 1+1 equipment protection for DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack
— unidirectional path-switched ring (UPSR)/subnetwork connection
protection (SNCP) at VT1.5, VC12, STS-1/VC3, STS-3c/VC-4,
STS-12c/VC4-4c, STS-24c/VC4-8c, STS-48c/VC416c, and
STS-192c/VC4-64c on OC-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4, OC-48/STM-16,
OC-192/STM-64, and GE interfaces
• connection management enhancements:
— STS-1 (AU3) to AU4 conversion for international SONET/SDH
gateway applications
— 1-way protected (1WAYPR) and 2-way protected (2WAYPR)
cross-connects (for UPSR/SNCP)

Applicability 1-31
— dual 2-way protected (2WAYDPR) for connections between

UPSR/SNCP configurations
— GE drop-and-continue for broadcast video applications
• new service mappings:
— DS3 to STS-1/LO_VC3
— DS1 to VT1.5
— Nested Telnets
— interworking with OME6110
— OSI ping tool
• upgrade support from Release 1.1
• user interface enhancements:
— consolidated craft support (for 6500, OM3000, and HDX)
— raw TL1 port for OSS
• support for four 2-fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing configurations on same 6500
shelf
November 2004
• global support (SONET and SDH)
• new shelf hardware:
— universal/wire-wrap breaker interface panel (BIP)
— rear/top venting cooling systems
— SONET/J-SDH access panel
— optical/rear electrical shelf
• 80G VT1.5/VC12 cross-connect circuit packs (80/80 and 80/20)
— 80 Gbit/s cross-connect with VT1.5/VC12/low-order VC3 switching
granularity (as well as high order switching granularity of
STS-1/high-order VC3/VC4), capable of unrestricted connections up
to 80G capacity (80/80)
Attention: VT1.5/VC12/low order VC-3 capacity limited to 20G in

Release 1.1.

1-32 Applicability
— 80 Gbit/s cross-connect with VT1.5/VC12/low order VC3 switching

granularity (as well as high order switching granularity of
STS-1/high-order VC3/VC4), with the VT1.5/VC12/low-order VC3
capacity limited to 20G (80/20)
• new optical interface circuit packs:
— 4 new 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit packs (STS-1/HO small form-factor
pluggable (SFP), STS-1/HO DWDM pluggable optics (DPO),
VT1.5/LO SFP, VT1.5/LO DPO)
— 5 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit packs (STS-1/HO SR1/I64.1,
STS-1/HO LR2/L64.2, VT1.5/LO SR1/I64.1, VT1.5/LO IR2/S64.2,
VT1.5/LO LR2/L64.2)
— 1 new 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack (VT1.5/LO SFP)
— 24 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 DWDM (10.7G) OMX compliant circuit
packs (STS-1/HO - 8 new wavelengths; VT1.5/LO - 16 new
wavelengths)
— 72 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 DWDM (10.7G) CPL compliant circuit
packs (STS-1/HO - 36 wavelengths; VT1.5/LO - 36 wavelengths)
• new optical pluggables:
— 2 new OC-48/STM-16 SFPs (IR1/S16.1, LR2/L16.2)
— 41 new OC-48/STM-16 DWDM DPOs (41 wavelengths)
• 63xE1 working and protection circuit packs
• 252xE1 front I/O panel (with 75 ohm/120 ohm cable forms)
• 120 ohm converter module
• E1 protection module
• performance monitoring (PM) enhancements:
— SONET section, line, and path PMs
— SONET/SDH far-end PMs
— physical PMs for all optical ports
— protection switch counts/duration
— E1 PMs
• GE virtual concatenation (VCAT)
• VT1.5/VC-12 alarm support
• GE and E1 loopbacks

Applicability 1-33
— centralized security administration
— intrusion attempt handling
— RADIUS authentication
• GMT offset provisioning
• protection enhancements:
— unprotected OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, OC-192, and E1
— 1+1 linear APS for OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, and OC-192 (SONET)
— full unidirectional nonrevertive switching for MSP linear protection
switching (SDH)
— 1:N equipment protection for E1
— 2-Fiber bidirectional line-switched ring (BLSR)/multiplex section
shared protection ring (MS-SPRing)
• connection management enhancements:
— STS-1, STS-3c, STS-12c, STS-24c, STS-48c, and STS-192c
cross-connects (SONET)
— VC4-16c and VC4-64c cross-connects (SDH)
— VT1.5/VC12, and low-order VC3 cross-connects
— 1-way cross-connects (unidirectional for drop/continue)
• new service mappings:
— GE GFP-F to STS-3c, STS-12c, and STS-24c (SONET) (contiguous
concatenation)
— GE GFP-F to STS-1-nv/VC3-nv (n = 1 to 21) and STS-3c-nv/VC4-nv
(n = 1 to 7) (virtual concatenation)
— E1 to VC12
• synchronization enhancements:
— DS1 ESI/ESO support (with synchronization status messages [SSM])
— 2 Mbit/s ESI/ESO support (with SSM)
— SONET SSM generation/termination
— HTTP server
— TID address resolution protocol (TARP) transparency support
— protected DCC support (DCC always follows traffic)
— OSPF
• upgrade support from Release 1.0 by Ciena personnel only

1-34 Applicability
• in-service reconfigurations between STS-1/HO and VT1.5/LO

cross-connect and optical interface circuit packs (see Module
Replacement Procedures, 323-1851-545 for details)
• Site Manager enhancements:
— autonomous updating of nodal cross-connect, BLSR/MS-SPRing
management, protection, equipment & facilities, inventory, and
synchronization protection applications
— enhanced window and multiple application support
— downloadable from the shelf processor (using HTTP server)
April 2004
Release 1.0 is the initial release of 6500 and introduces:
• optical and optical/front electrical shelves
• common equipment/circuit packs
— access panel
— maintenance interface card
— power input cards (with and without circuit breaker)
— breaker interface panel (BIP)
— front-venting fan modules
— fiber management
— filler card
• 80G and 160G cross-connect circuit packs with VC-4 switching granularity
(only 80G enabled on 160G cross-connect circuit pack for Release 1.0)
• 8 x OC-3/12/STM-1/4 small form-factor pluggable (SFP) circuit pack
— OC-3/STM-1 LR2/L1.2 SFP
— OC-12/STM-4 LR2/L4.2 SFP
— OC3/12/STM-1/4 IR1/S1.1_S4.1 SFP
• 1 x OC-192/STM-64 IR-2/S-64.2 circuit pack
• 1 x OC-192/STM-64 DWDM circuit packs (8 wavelengths)
• 4 x GE Ethernet Private Line (EPL) SFP circuit pack
— GE/FC SX SFP
— GE/FC LX SFP
• manual and auto-provisioning of equipment and facilities
• linear multiplex section protection (MSP) for STM-1, STM-4, and STM-64
facilities
• unprotected traffic for STM-1, STM-4, STM-64, and GE facilities

Applicability 1-35
• connection management:
— bidirectional connections at VC-4, VC-4-c, and VC-4-8c rates
— time slot assignment (TSA), time slot interchange (TSI), port to port
• GE GFP-F mapping to VC-4, VC-4-c, and VC-4-8c
• system synchronization:
— 1+1 redundant synchronization hardware on the cross-connect circuit
packs for timing generation and distribution
— internal, external, line, or mixed timing modes
— synchronization status message (SSM) support
• backup and restore of provisioning data
• performance monitoring (PM):
— SDH PMs at multiplex section (MS), regenerator section (RS), path,
GE LAN, and GE WAN levels
— physical PMs for OC-192/STM-64 circuit packs
— operational measurement support for GE WAN and LAN facilities
— threshold crossing alerts
• alarm support for active alarms, disabled alarms, and events
• terminal and facility loopbacks on the OC/STM circuit packs
• operations, administration, and maintenance (OAM) communications,
including:
— IP routing for remote access
— OSI for interworking with existing equipment
— RS DCC/MS DCC per STM optical interface for access to remote
network elements
— COLAN and ILAN Ethernet ports for carrier DCN and intershelf DCN
— RS-232 and Ethernet ports for local craft access
• load management (management by release and auto-upgrade)

1-36 Applicability

2-1
Roadmap 2-
This chapter provides information on how to use the Ciena technical

publications library for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500). This library is an
integral part of the 6500 product and is considered part of the equipment. Use
the technical publications in the library to complete the tasks needed to set up
and operate the 6500 network elements. The following roadmap illustrates the
structure of the 6500 technical publications library.

2-2 Roadmap
6500 Packet-Optical Platform technical publications
Planning a Network Installing, Managing and Maintaining and Circuit Pack-Based

Commissioning and Provisioning Troubleshooting Documentation
Testing a Network a Network a Network
Documentation Installation, Administration Fault Management - Common Eqpt

Roadmap Parts 1 and 2 and Security Performance (323-1851-102.1)
(323-1851-090) (323-1851-201) (323-1851-301) Monitoring
(323-1851-520) Electrical
Planning - Commissioning Configuration - (323-1851-102.2)
Ordering Information and Testing Provisioning Fault Management -
(323-1851-151) (323-1851-221) and Operating Alarm Clearing OC-n/STM-n
Parts 1 and 2 Parts 1 and 2 (323-1851-102.3)
TL1 Description (323-1851-310) (323-1851-543)
(323-1851-190) 40G/100G/OSIC
Configuration - Fault Management - (323-1851-102.4)
Planning, Bandwidth and Module
Parts 1 to 4 Data Services Replacement Broadband/SMUX
(NTRN10BW) Parts 1, 2 and 3 Parts 1 and 2 (323-1851-102.5)
(323-1851-320) (323-1851-545)
Site Manager for
Photonic
6500 Fault Management - (323-1851-102.6)
Packet-Optical Customer Visible
Platform R9.0 - Logs Data/Layer 2
Fundamentals (323-1851-840) (323-1851-102.7)
(NTNM34ED)
OME1110
Deployment Guide
(323-1851-250)
Supporting documentation 6500 Photonic 6500 Data Network Common

for the 6500 Layer Guide Application Guide Interworking Guide Photonic Layer
Documentation Suite (NTRN15DA) (NTRN15BA) (NTCA68CA) Documentation Suite

Roadmap 2-3
Document identification numbers

User documents for the 6500 network element are referred to as Ciena
technical publications. Each document has a unique ten-digit identification
number. This number is used to identify each document, and assist in
cross-referencing from one technical publication to another.
In some instances, an alphanumeric product engineering code (PEC) is

assigned to documents (for example, Planning).
The technical publication number/PEC is found on the cover page and at the
bottom of every page in a document.
Technical publications product engineering codes

The product engineering code (PEC) is used to identify the product for
ordering purposes. Table 2-1 shows the PECs for 6500 technical publications.
Table 2-1
PECs for 6500 Release 9.0 technical publications
Document Name PEC
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 9.0 technical publication NTK564JB

and guides (CD-ROM)
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 9.0 Planning NTRN10BW
Site Manager for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 9.0 323-1851-195
Fundamentals
Ordering technical publications

Technical publications can be ordered from Ciena. Use the PEC
corresponding to the technical publications you require when placing your
order. For complete ordering information, see 6500 Packet-Optical Platform
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151.

2-4 Roadmap
Technical publications volume descriptions

The following paragraphs provide details on the layout and contents of the
6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500) documentation library.
Volume 1 - Planning a Network

This set of technical publications contain descriptive and procedural
documents about the 6500 networks element. This volume is intended for:
• strategic and current planners
• provisioners
• transmission engineers
• network administrators
Volume 2 - Installing and Testing a Network

This set of technical publications contains procedural documents about the
6500 networks element. This volume is intended for:
• installers
• system lineup and testing (SLAT) engineers
• maintenance engineers
• provisioners
Volume 3 - Managing and Provisioning a Network

6500 networks element. This volume is intended for:
• system administrators
• network administrator
• data software administrators
• field maintenance

Roadmap 2-5
Volume 4 - Maintaining and Troubleshooting a Network

networks element. This volume is intended for:
• network administrator
• field maintenance
Technical publications descriptions

The following sections provide detailed summaries of the contents of technical
publications in the 6500 documentation library.
Documentation Roadmap, 323-1851-090

Documentation Roadmap provides an overview of the documentation suite, a
consolidated list of terms and abbreviations, and a master index to use in
searching for information in the library.
Site Manager for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Rel 1.51 - Fundamentals,

323-1851-195
The Site Manager graphical user interface (GUI) is available for the 6500
network element. Site Manager provides a simple-to-use point-and-click user
interface that enables you to perform operation, administration, and
maintenance of the 6500 network element.
User documentation for Site Manager is provided on-line and on CD-ROM.

The installation and setup instructions are available in the Site Manager for
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Rel 1.51 - Fundamentals. This document
explains the minimum hardware platform requirements for the operation of
Site Manager and how to install the software.
The Site Manager for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Rel 1.51- Fundamentals
is for local craft personnel, system administrators, network surveillance, and
maintenance personnel who have access to Site Manager.
Planning, NTRN10BW (part 1 to 4)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Planning describes the applications and
functionality provided by the software and hardware of 6500. Topics covered
include the following:
• introduction
• features overview
• shelf and equipment descriptions
• Applications and upgrades

2-6 Roadmap
• User interface description

• Ordering information
• Pluggable modules
• Technical specifications
• Data communications planning
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151

Ordering Information provides engineering rules, ordering codes, and
ordering procedures for the 6500 network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• Configuration rules
• Bays, shelf assemblies, and hardware
• Circuit pack, pluggable modules, and interface hardware
• Cables
• Software, services, and documentation
• Ordering references
TL1 Description, 323-1851-190

TL1 Description provides the TL1 command definitions for the 6500 network
element. This document is only available in electronic format (PDF) either on
the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 9.0 Technical Publications and
Guides - CD ROM (NTK564JB), or from our corporate web site.
Installation, 323-1851-201 (part 1 and 2)

Installation provides procedures necessary for the installation of a 6500
network element. Topics covered include the following:
• safety guidelines
• regulatory information
• preparing the installation
• installing shelves and equipment
• installing OMX and DS1 service module hardware
• cleaning connectors
• cable and connector details
Commissioning and Testing, 323-1851-221

Commissioning and Testing provides procedures for powering up and
commissioning a network element. Topics covered include the following:
• commissioning the network element

Roadmap 2-7
• site testing
• system testing
OME1110 Deployment Guide, 323-1851-250

OME1110 Deployment Guide provides Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM)
interworking between the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500) and the Optical
Multiservice Edge 1110 service module (OME1110). Topics covered include
the following:
• OME1110 service module
• Installing OME1110 equipment
• Provisioning the 6500-OME1110 EFM link
• Replacing OME1110 equipment
Administration and Security, 323-1851-301

Administration and Security provides procedures for the administrative tasks
on a network element. Topics covered include the following:
• interface login and logout
• user account management and administration
• node information
• shelf level graphics
• provisioning data procedures
• release management procedures
• upgrade management procedures
Configuration - Provisioning and Operating, 323-1851-310 (part 1 and 2)

Configuration - Provisioning and Operating provides provisioning and
operating procedures for the network element using the Site Manager
interface. Topics covered include the following:
• equipment and facility provisioning
• synchronization
• inventory
• communications management
• SNMP provisioning
• Synchronization
• Test access and connection loopback provisioning
• Protection
• OTS Management
• Domain Optical Controller (DOC)

2-8 Roadmap
• Shelf Wavelength Topology

• Differential Provisioning
• SCMD Cascading Order
• Optical Loopback
• Slot Sequencing
Configuration - Bandwidth and Data Services, 323-1851-320 (part 1, 2,

and 3)
Configuration - Bandwidth and Data Services provides provisioning and
operating procedures for the network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS APS configuration file editing
• BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS APS provisioning
• Path connections management
• Transponder connections management
• Photonic connections management
• EVPL connections management
• OTN connections management
• Data services receive class of service profiles
• Data services transmit class of service profiles
• Data services class of service scheduling for resilient packet rings
• Data services activation setup provisioning
• Data services bandwidth profiles provisioning
• Data services segment management provisioning
• Data services endpoint management provisioning
• Data services endpoint mapping provisioning
• Data services resilient packet ring management
• Data services resilient packet ring information
• Data services connectivity provisioning for resilient packet rings
• Data services forwarding database
• Reconfiguring an in-service resilient packet ring
• Data services queue group profiles
• Data services queue group drop profiles
• Data services Queue group scheduler profiles
• Data services G.8032 ERP node information

Roadmap 2-9
• Data services G.8032 ERP group list

• Data services G.8032 ERP management provisioning
• Data services Ethernet OAM provisioning
Fault Management - Performance Monitoring, 323-1851-520

Fault Management - Performance Monitoring provides procedures for
performance monitoring (PM) parameter definition and monitoring.
Fault Management - Alarm Clearing, 323-1851-543 (part 1 and 2)

Fault Management - Alarm Clearing provides procedures for network alarm
monitoring and management, trouble clearing, and circuit pack replacement.
The procedures allow the user to identify, isolate and resolve local and remote
operational difficulties with the network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• alarm and trouble clearing strategy
• alarm surveillance
• alarm hierarchies and severities
• alarm clearing procedures

2-10 Roadmap
Fault Management - Module Replacement Procedures, 323-1851-545

Fault Management - Module Replacement provides procedures for circuit
pack replacement. Topics covered include the following:
• equipment replacement
• Maintenance
Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs, 323-1851-840

Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs provides additional details and
troubleshooting information for customer visible logs related to domain optical
controller (DOC) as well as security and transient conditions.

Roadmap 2-11
Circuit pack-based technical publications

Circuit pack-based technical publications provide an additional layer of
information presented on a per circuit back basis. Circuit pack-based technical
publications are only available in electronic format (PDF) either on the 6500
Packet-Optical Platform Release 9.0 Technical Publications and Guides - CD
ROM (NTK564JB), or from our corporate web site. Circuit pack-based
technical publications provide the following information:
• overview
• supported functionality
• equipping rules
• technical specifications
• provisioning flowcharts
• circuit pack provisioning procedures
• provisioning parameters
The following circuit pack-based technical publications are provided:

• Common Equipment, 323-1851-102.1
• Electrical Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.2
• OC-n/STM-n Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.3
• 40G, 100G, OSIC, and SLIC10 Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.4
• Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN FLEX MOTR Circuit Packs,
323-1851-102.5
• Photonic Equipment, 323-1851-102.6
• Data and Layer 2 Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.7
• OTN I/F Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.8
• OME1110 Deployment Guide, 323-1851-250

2-12 Roadmap

323-1851-090
3-1
List of terms 3-
1WAY
unidirectional
1WAYPR
unidirectional Path Ring
1+1 linear protection

A protection switching scheme in which two equivalent channels carry the
same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The 1+1 linear
protection switching scheme is nonrevertive.
2WAY
bidirectional cross-connect
2WAYPR
bidirectional path ring
4xGE
4xGigabit Ethernet circuit pack
access panel
The access panel is located at the top of the 6500 shelf and provides access
to the OAM&P functions.
ACO
alarm cut-off
A push-button switch located on the 6500 maintenance interface card (MIC)

that disables an audible alarm.

3-2 List of terms
ADM
add/drop multiplexer
A network element in which some facilities are added or dropped and some
are passed directly through for transmission to other network elements.
administrative state
The administrative state is the desired state of the entity. The user configures
this state to put an entity in service or put of service. See also operational state
on page 3-32.
AFI
Authority and Format Identifier
AID
access identifier
An access identifier (AID) appears in most command argument strings. The

AID identifies the equipment or facilities accessed by the command.
AINS
automatic IN Service
AIS
alarm indication signal
A code sent to downstream sites to indicate an upstream failure (used to

prevent unnecessary downstream alarms).
alarm cut-off
See ACO on page 3-1.
ALS
automatic laser shutdown
A safety feature that reduces the optical output power in the event of a break
in the optical fiber.
ALSO
automatic line shutoff
AM
analog maintenance

List of terms 3-3
AMI
alternate mark inversion (line code, bipolar)
A digital line encoding technique for which a zero is transmitted by no pulse,

while a one is transmitted by a pulse opposite in polarity to the previous pulse.
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
An organization supported by U.S. industry to coordinate, develop, and

publish standards.
AP
access panel
APD
avalanche photo diode
APDFET
avalanche photo diode field-effect transistor
A transistor that uses an avalanche photo diode to convert photons to

electrons. This transistor exhibits very high gain and is used in more sensitive
optical receivers.
APR
automatic power reduction
APS
automatic protection switch
A protection switch automatically initiated by the system in response to a

defect.
APS bytes
automatic protection switching (APS) bytes
The K1 and K2 bytes of the SONET/SDH transport overhead of a

line/multiplex section (MS) carrying protection channels.

3-4 List of terms
ARD
absolute route diversity
ARP
address resolution protocol
A transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) that dynamically

binds a network-layer IP address to a data-link-layer hardware address; for
example, an Ethernet address.
AS
autonomous system
An IP data communications network of hosts, routers, and networks under the

same administration. Inside the autonomous system, interior gateway
protocols such as RIP or OSPF are used to maintain routing information. It
functions as an independent system with regard to other IP networks. In order
to reach other Autonomous Systems, a ‘gateway’ is required.
ATAG
automatic tag
A unique numeric string generated by the system.
AU
alarm unit
autoprovisioning
The process by which the 6500 shelf processor automatically provisions a
circuit pack with default configuration data when the circuit pack is inserted
into a slot for which no configuration exists.
B3ZS
bipolar three zero substitution
B8ZS
bipolar eight zero substitution
bandwidth
The difference, in hertz (Hz), between the lowest and highest frequencies of
a transmission channel. The range of signal frequencies transmitted by a
communications channel with defined maximum loss or distortion. Bandwidth
indicates the information carrying capacity of a channel.

List of terms 3-5
BB
Broadband
BBE
background block error
A background block error is an errored block that is not part of a severely

errored second.
BDI
backward default indicator
BCVL
line bipolar code violation
BER
bit error ratio
A measure of transmission accuracy expressed as a ratio of bit errors

received to bits sent.
bidirectional switching
A bridge to protection channel and a selection from a protection channel of
both directions of duplex traffic.
BIP
bit-interleaved parity
A simple parity check method.
breaker interface panel
A unit installed at the top of a bay for power distribution and management to
the 6500 shelves.
bit
binary digit
The smallest unit of information in a binary system represented as a 0 (zero)

or as a 1 (one).
bit/s
bits per second

3-6 List of terms
The unit used to express transmission rate.
BITS
building-integrated timing supply
BLSR
bidirectional line switched ring
BITS
All digital equipment in a structure receives timing from the same master
clock, which must be the most accurate and stable clock in the structure. The
BITS is driven by a stratum 3 or better reference signal and sends a DS1
signal to all equipment in the same location.
BLSR
bidirectional line-switched ring
A method of SONET transport over a ring configuration for which half of the
available channels are working and half are considered protection channels.
The traffic is bidirectional. Half of the traffic is sent counter-clockwise over
another fiber according to the path provisioned. The ring uses the line level
status and performance parameters to initiate Automatic Protection Switching
(APS). APS in BLSR is aligned such that working channels 1 through 24
(OC-48) or channels 1 through 96 (OC-192) are protected by channels 25
through 48 (OC-48) or channels 97 through 192 (OC-192) respectively.
BPV
bipolar violation
An error in the transmission of bipolar signals when two successive marks

have the same polarity.
BR
battery return
bridge
The action of transmitting identical traffic on both the working and protection
channels.

List of terms 3-7
bridge request
A message sent from the tail-end node to the head-end node requesting the
head-end perform a bridge of the working channels onto the protection
channels.
bridge request status

A message sent from the tail-end node to all other nodes within the protection
system (on the path not carrying the protection channels to be used)
indicating the tail end has requested a bridge.
bridging to protection
The action of transmitting identical traffic on both the working and the
protection channels.
BS
Band Splitter
BSESL
bipolar severely errored seconds count - line
The count of 1-second intervals that contain 51 or more bipolar code violations
or a loss-of-signal event.
byte
A group of eight binary digits or eight signal elements representing binary
digits operated upon as an entity.
CAP
change application procedure
Ciena document used to perform an in-service upgrade or reconfiguration

with no effect on traffic.
CAT
Commissioning Assistant Tool
CBR
constant bit rate
CCAT
contiguous concatenation

3-8 List of terms
CCITT
Consultative Committee on International Telephone and Telegraph
This committee is now replaced by the International Telecommunications

Union—Telecommunications (ITU-T). The CCITT prepared a series of
recommendations for telecommunications protocol.
See also ITU-T on page 3-22.
CCM
continuity check message
CCMD
Colorless Channel Mux/Demux
CDF
client data frame
CDFI
customer-defined facility identifier
CD-ROM
compact disk read-only memory
A read/write digital optical storage device of high capacity.
CE
Conformité Européenne
CESD
Carrier Ethernet Service Delivery
CFM
connectivity fault management
CFR
Code of Federal Register
CHAP
challenge-handshake authentication protocol
Challenge handshake authentication protocol (CHAP) provides secure

authentication for devices that want to participate in PPP links.

List of terms 3-9
CLE
customer located equipment
Equipment located on customer premises that provides access to the

operating company network.
CLEI
common language equipment identifier
A trademark of Bell Communications Research. CLEI is a standard

identification method for telephony equipment.
CLFI
common language facility identifier
CLI
command line interface
CLLI
common language location identifier
CLNP
connection less network protocol
Connection less network protocol (CLNP) is an OSI network-layer protocol

that provides the interface between CLNS and upper layers. CLNP carries
upper-layer data and error indications over connectionless links.
CLNS
connectionless-mode network service
Connectionless-mode network service (CLNS) provides network-layer

service to the transport layer via CLNP.
CMF
client management frame
CO
central office
COLAN
central office local area network

3-10 List of terms
A facility on the network element that allows the 6500 to communicate with the
customer DCN.
COM
common return
CLI
command line interface
CPE
customer premises equipment
Equipment located on the customer premises that is connected to the

telephone line.
CPL
Common Photonic Layer
CPU
central processing unit
A functional unit that interprets and executes program instructions. The CPU
transmits and receives data from the memories and peripheral units of the
computer.
craft personnel
maintenance personnel
Employees assigned the routine recurring work required to keep a facility,

such as a fiber optic transmission system, plant, building, structure, ground
facility, or utility system, in such condition that it may be continuously used (a)
at its original or designed capacity and efficiency and (b) for its intended
purpose.
CRC
cyclic redundancy check
cross-connect
A connection between endpoints on the network element.
CRC
cyclic redundancy check

List of terms 3-11
CSA
centralized security administration
CTP
connection termination point
CV
code violation
A code violation is a bit-interleaved parity error at the line/multiplex section,

section/regenerator section, or path layer.
CWDM
coarse wavelength division multiplexing
DAPI
destination access point identifier
dB
decibel
dBm
decibels relative to one milliwatt.
dc
direct current
DCC
data communications channel
SONET/SDH defines two data communications channel: a

section/regenerator section (RS) data communications channel and a
line/multiplex section (MS) data communications channel.
DCE
data communication equipment
The devices and connections of a communications network that connect the

communication circuit between the data source and destination.

3-12 List of terms
DCN
data communications network
A data communications network (DCN) is the set of processes, equipment, or

facilities used to transport signals from one data processing device at one
location to another data processing device at another location.
defect
An anomaly that interrupts the normal operation of the system and persists for
a defined period of time.
DHCP
dynamic host configuration protocol
A protocol used to centrally manage and automate the assignment of Internet

protocol (IP) addresses in a network.
DISCD
disconnected - not carrying traffic
DOC
domain optical controller
DPO
DWDM pluggable optics
DS1
digital signal level 1 (1.544 Mbit/s)
DS3
digital signal level 3 (44.736 Mbit/s)
DSM
DS1 service module
DSO
dynamic shared object

List of terms 3-13
DS1
digital signal, level 1 (1.544 Mbit/s)
The 8-bit, 24-channel, 1.544 Mbit/s digital signalling format. DS1 is the
North-American standard for digital links and the standard for signals used to
interconnect Nortel Networks digital systems.
DS3
digital signal, level 3 (44.7 Mbit/s)
A serial data stream carrying 28 DS1 signals plus overhead bits.
DSP
domain specific part
DTE
data terminal equipment
Equipment which serves as a data transmitter, data receiver, or both. DTE

controls information transfer according to a data link protocol, and reconverts
the received data signals into user information.
DTL
designated transit list
DUS
do not use for synchronization
DVM
digital voltmeter
DWDM
dense wavelength division multiplexing
DWDM is a transmission technique of multiplexing on the optical layer.
EB
errored block
An errored block is a bit-interleaved parity (BIP) block that has one or more bit
errors.

3-14 List of terms
EBER
excessive bit error ratio
See also BER on page 3-5.
EC-1
electrical carrier level 1 (51.84 Mbit/s)
ED
extended dispersion
EC-1
electrical carrier level 1 (51.84 Mbit/s).
EDC
error detection code
eDCO
electronic dynamically compensating optics
EDP
engineering drawing package
EER
excessive error ratio
EFT
electrical fast transient
EG
equipment group
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
A standards association that specifies electrical transmission standards. The

EIA and TIA have developed numerous well-known communications
standards, including TIA/EIA-232 and EIA/TIA-530.
EMC
electromagnetic compatibility

List of terms 3-15
EMI
electromagnetic interference
Any electrical or electromagnetic interference that causes undesirable

response, degradation, or failure in electronic equipment.
ENUT
enhanced non-preemptible traffic
ERR
error
ETS
enhanced trunk switch
EOL
end of life
Stage at which either the hardware or the software has reached the end of its
useful function or no longer meets business requirements.
EP
extended power
EPL
Ethernet Private Line
ERP
Ethernet Ring Protocol
ES
errored second
An errored second is a second during which at least one code violation or

alarm indication signal occurs.
ESD
electrostatic discharge
Discharge of stored static electricity that can damage electronic equipment

and impair electrical circuits, resulting in complete or intermittent failures.
ESI
external synchronization input

3-16 List of terms
ESM
Ethernet service module
ESMC
Ethernet sync messaging channel
ESO
external synchronization output
ESF
extended superframe format
E-SPRing
Ethernet shared protection ring
ESWD
electronic software delivery
ETH
Ethernet
ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute
The organization created by the European Post, Telephone, and Telegraph

and the European Community to propose telecommunications standards for
Europe.
EVPL
Ethernet virtual private line
external timing
A synchronization scheme in which timing for a network element is provided
by an external source such as BITS/SSU.
failure
An end to the ability of an item to do a required function. A failure is caused
by the persistence of a defect.
fault indicator
A device that presents a visual display or audible alarm when a failure or
marginal condition exists.

List of terms 3-17
FC
ferrule connector
A keyed, locking type of fiber-optic connector with a round barrel and threaded
retaining ring.
failure count
The count of failure events.
fiber channel
FCS
Frame checksum
Frame check sequence
FCSERR
frame check sequence error
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
FDB
forwarding database
FEC
forward error correction
ferrule
A component of a fiber-optic connection that holds a fiber in place and aids in
its alignment.
FG
frame ground
FLT
fault
The secondary state indicating that a fault has been detected in equipment.
FICON
fibre connection

3-18 List of terms
FPGA
field programmable gate array
freerun timing
A timing scheme in which a free-running clock on the shelf processor circuit
pack provides timing for a network element.
fromAID
from access identifier
The facility at one end of a cross-connect.
FRU
field replaceable unit
FTAM
file transfer, access, and management
FTP
file transfer protocol
The file-sharing protocol operating at layers 5 through 7 of the open systems

interconnection (OSI) model that governs file-sharing and file-transfer
capabilities.
full-duplex mode
In full-duplex mode, LAN traffic is transmitted and received simultaneously.
Gbit/s
gigabits per second
GCC
general communication channel

List of terms 3-19
GE
Gigabit Ethernet
A LAN transmission standard (IEEE 802.3z) that provides a data rate of one
billion bits per second (Gbit/s).
GFP
generic framing procedure
Generic framing procedure (GFP) is an ITU standard (G.7041) which

describes a flexible mapping technique for transparent transport of multiple
protocols in SONET/SDH.
GFP-F
generic framing procedure - framed
See also GFP on page 3-19.
GFP-T
generic framing procedure - transparent
GMT
Greenwich mean time
GNE
gateway network element
GRE
generic route encapsulation
Generic routing encapsulation (GRE) provides a standard method for

transporting one arbitrary network layer protocol over another arbitrary
network layer protocol (tunnelling).
GUI
graphical user interface
A graphical (rather than textual) interface to a computer.
half-duplex mode
The mode where LAN traffic is transmitted or received alternately.
HCCS
high correction count second

3-20 List of terms
HCCSREF
high correction count second reference
HDLC
high-level data link control
HEC
header error control
HERS
head-end ring switching
HO
high-order
holdover
An operating mode in which the network element maintains the timing of the
last synchronization source.
HTTP
hypertext transfer protocol
hub
A network element that accepts several inputs originating from different areas.
A point on a network where a group of circuits are connected and provide

centralized management capabilities. Hubs are useful for their ability to isolate
nodes from disruptions.
ICMP
internet control message protocol
ICMP group
internet control message protocol group
ID
identifier
IDF
invalid data flag
IDP
installation drawing package

List of terms 3-21
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
I/F
interface
iISIS
integrated intermediate system to intermediate system
A routing protocol that can be used for both IP and OSI routing.
ILAN
intershelf local area network
A facility that allows the shelf processor to communicate with the co-located
shelf processor.
IMDD
Intensity modulation direct detect
INV
Invalid
I/O
input/output
IP
Internet protocol
A direct outward dialing (DOD) standard protocol designed for use in

interconnected systems of packet-switching computer communication
networks.
IPG
inter-packet gap
IR
intermediate reach

3-22 List of terms
IS
in-service
An indication that some element of the network is carrying traffic or is ready

to carry traffic. Standby units that are IS are prepared to carry traffic.
See also OOS on page 3-32.
IS-ANR
in-service - abnormal, or partial failure detected
ISIS
intermediate system to intermediate system
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
The ISO technical committee was created to provide standards on the area of
quality management and quality assurance in a common language for a global
audience.
ITU-T
International Telecommunications Union—Telecommunications
An international organization with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland that

makes recommendations for standardization of telecommunications and
functions through international committees of telephone administrations and
private operating agencies. The ITU-T makes recommendations applying to
the industry, administrations and agencies. This replaces the former
committee known as CCITT.
kbit
kilobit
For processor storage, real and virtual storage, and channel volume, 1024
bits.
See also bit on page 3-5.

List of terms 3-23
kbit/s
kilobits per second
The number of binary digits transmitted over a communications channel in

one second. Standard measure of data rate and transmission capacity; 1024
bits per second.
See also bit on page 3-5.
kbyte
kilobyte
See also byte on page 3-7.
kHz
kilohertz
A measurement of frequency. One thousand cycles per second.
L2
layer 2
L2 MOTR
Layer 2 multiplexer optical transponder
LAN
local area network
A data communications system that lies within a limited geographic area, has
a specific user group, has a specific topology, and is not a public switched
telecommunications network, but may be connected to one. A LAN has a
moderate to high data transmission rate, and supports shared media.
Examples of LAN technologies are Ethernet, token ring, and fiber-distributed
data interface (FDDI).
LAPD
link access protocol on the D-channel
Link access protocol on the D-channel (LAPD) is a protocol that operates at the
data link layer (layer 2) of the OSI architecture.

3-24 List of terms
laser
light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation
Amplification of light by a device that produces an intense, coherent,

directional beam of optical radiation by stimulating electronic, ionic, or
molecular transitions to higher energy levels, so that when the electrons, ions,
or molecules return to lower energy levels, they emit energy.
LBM
Loopback message
LBO
line buildout
LBR
Loopback reply
LCAS
link capacity adjustment scheme
LED
light-emitting diode
A semiconductor diode that emits light when a current is passed through it.
LF
link failure
line timing
A synchronization scheme in which timing for a network element is derived
from a receive line.
LLDCC
lower layer DCC
LLDP
Link Layer Discovery Protocol
LLMP
low latency mapping procedure
LO
low-order

List of terms 3-25
LOF
loss of frame
An alarm where the system is unable to detect a framing indication on the

optics signal. The framing indication is a specific pattern of bits that varies
depending on traffic.
See also OOF on page 3-32.
LOFEF
laser off far end failure
LOP
loss of pointer
A fault, for example, a circuitry failure, as the misplacement of the address of

a memory location. An alarm that occurs when a path endpoint detects a
corrupt pointer. The pointer is a mechanism used by the logical path to
indicate where data starts in the payload of a frame.
LOS
loss of signal
A fault, for example, a circuitry failure, as the misplacement of

telecommunications information. LOS can be caused by an optical signal
failure.
LR
long reach
LTM
linktrace message
LTR
linktrace reply
MA
Maintenance association
MAA
manual area address

3-26 List of terms
MAC
medium access control
A protocol governing access from a station to a network.
Mbit/s
megabits per second
One megabit per second is equivalent to 1 048 576 bits per second.
MD
maintenance domain
MDIX
medium-dependant interface cross-over
MEA
mismatched equipment attributes
MEP
Maintenance end point
MHz
megahertz
One million cycles per second. A unit of frequency denoting one million Hz.
MIB
management information base
MIC
maintenance interface card
MIP
Maintenance intermediate point
MLM
multi longitudinal mode laser, or multi mode laser
An injection laser diode which has a number of longitudinal modes.
MMF
multimode fiber

List of terms 3-27
MOA
Multiservice Managed Object Agent
modem
modulator demodulator
A device that modulates and demodulates signals for transmission and

reception, respectively, over communication facilities. Modems convert digital
signals into quasi-analog signals for transmission and reconvert the
quasi-analog signals into digital signals. Other functions may be added to
modems to provide for customer service and control features.
MOR
multiwavelength optical repeater
MOTR
multiplexer optical transponder
MPLS
multi protocol label switching
MS
multiplex section
The segment of a fiber transmission system between network elements where

traffic originates and terminates.
MSP
multiplex section protection
MSP linear protection

same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The MSP linear
protection switching scheme is nonrevertive.
MS-SPRing
multiplex section shared protection ring
MT
maintenance state
MTU
maximum transfer unit

3-28 List of terms
MXC
multiservice cross-connect
NAT
network address translation
navigation area
The left side of the Site Manager (see Site Manager on page 3-41) main
window. The navigation area displays the network elements (NEs) in a login
profile. Use the navigation area to select an NE to view or edit details.
navigation tree
The network elements in a login profile as represented in the navigation area
(see navigation area on page 3-28) as items branching from the login profile.
NC
normally closed
NCCI
network call correlation identification
NDSF
non-dispersion-shifted fiber
NE
See network element on page 3-28.
NEBS
Network Equipment Building System
NET
network entity title
network element
A collection of equipment that performs some operation in routing or
transporting a telecommunications signal.
NGM
Next Generation Modulation
NIC
network interface card

List of terms 3-29
NNI
network-to-network interface
NNS
network name server
NO
normally open
non-revertive switch
When the condition that caused a switch to protection is corrected, the traffic
remains on the protection channels until another bridge request. Traffic does
not automatically revert to its working channel.
NRD
network element release driver
NRZ
Non-Return to Zero
NSA
non-service-affecting
NSAP
network service access point
A number used internally in a SONET/SDH communications network to

address a network element. The NSAP is a number up to forty hexadecimal
digits.
NSSA
not so stubby areas
Stub areas which receive certain link state updates from external networks.
NSAT
Nodal SLAT Assistant Tool
NTP
Network timing protocol

3-30 List of terms
NVS
nonvolatile storage
Storage in which the contents are not permanently lost when power is
removed, but become available again when power is restored.
OADM
optical add/drop multiplexer
OAM
operations, administration, and maintenance
All the tasks necessary for providing, maintaining, or modifying the services
provided by a switching system.
OAM&P
operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning
OBP
Optical Broadband Platform
OC-n
optical carrier level n
OC-3
optical carrier level 3 (155.52 Mbit/s)
OC-12
OC-48
OC-192
optical carrier level 192 (9.6 Gbit/s)
OCH
optical channel
OC-1
An STS-1 signal translated into an optical signal.

List of terms 3-31
OC-n
An optical carrier signal in the SONET optical format which is n times (where
n is an integer) the OC-1 rate. For example, OC-1, OC-3, OC-12, OC-48,
OC-192.
OCP
Optical Convergence Platform
ODU
optical data unit
OEL
optical Ethernet layer
OFS
out-of-frame second
OM
operational measurements
OMA
optical modulation amplitude
OMDF
optical mux/demux filter
OMEA
Optical Manager Element Adapter
OMX
optical multiplexer
Equipment that uses a passive optical coupler to combine various

wavelengths over a single fiber-optical cable.
OOB
out of band

3-32 List of terms
OOF
out of frame
An event or an alarm where the system is unable to detect a framing indication

on the optics signal. The framing indication is a specific pattern of bits that
varies depending on the traffic.
See also LOF on page 3-25.
OOS
out-of-service
An equipment state in which equipment is removed from service either

automatically (by the system) or manually (by personnel).
See also IS on page 3-22.
OOS-AU
out-of-service; autonomous (failure detected).
OOS-AUMA
out-of-service autonomous management - the entity is not able to perform its
provisioned functions and is intentionally removed from service.
OOS-MA
out-of service maintenance for provisioning memory administration
OOS-MA-ANR
out-of-service - maintenance - abnormal or partial failure detected
operational state
The operational state of an entity (equipment or facility) is its actual state. This
state is derived from the underlying condition of the entity and cannot be
edited. See also administrative state on page 3-2.
OPM
optical power meter
Test equipment designed to measure power and attenuation within optical

fiber cable.
OPR
optical power received

List of terms 3-33
OPRN
optical power received normalized
OPT
optical power transmitted
OPU
optical channel payload unit
optical interface circuit pack

Any supported circuit pack that has an optical interface.
OPTN
optical power transmitted normalized
OS
operations system
Software that controls the management and execution of programs.
OSCF
OSC filter
OSI
open systems interconnection
A seven-layer reference model that defines a structured protocol suite for data
communication. A suite of communication protocols, network architectures,
and network management standards produced by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO).
OS-NE
operations system - network element interface.
OSPF
open shortest path first

3-34 List of terms
OSRP
optical signaling and routing protocol
A protocol that defines how routers share routing information. Unlike the older
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) which transfers entire routing tables,
OSPF conserves bandwidth by transferring only routing information that has
changed since the previous transfer.
OSS
operations support system
A network management application providing record keeping tasks such as

work orders, invoicing, and trouble reports.
OTM
optical transport module
OTN
optical transport network
OTR
optical transponder
OTS
optical transmission signal
OTU
optical channel transport unit
PAP
password authentication protocol
Password authentication protocol (PAP) provides password authentication of

remote routers that call in and attempt to establish a point-to-point connection
with a POS interface.
pass-through network element

An add/drop multiplexer that does not terminate a connection.
See also network element on page 3-28.
path
Path layer of SONET/SDH overhead is a logical connection between a point
where an STS or VT/VC is multiplexed to the point where it is demultiplexed.

List of terms 3-35
path AIS
AIS inserted into the SONET/SDH path layers (STS or VT/VC) to allow
suppression of downstream alarms in the event of traffic-affecting failure
detected at, or upstream of, the insertion point.
PBE
push button equalizer
PC
personal computer
PCS
physical coding sublayer
PDU
protocol data unit
PEC
product engineering code
performance monitoring
Statistics which convey information about performance on a given facility.
PFBERE
post-FEC bit error rate estimate
PHY
physical
PID
password identifier
A confidential code used with several security and administration commands,

to qualify the authorized system user to access the account specified by a
user identifier (UID).

3-36 List of terms
PINFET
positive-intrinsic-negative field-effect transistor
A transistor with a positive-intrinsic-negative (P intrinsic N) diode which

converts photons to electrons. This transistor exhibits low gain and is used in
less sensitive optical receivers.
PKT
packet
PLM
path label mismatch
PM
See performance monitoring on page 3-35.
PN
polynomial number
PNO
provisionable network operator
POS
PPP over SONET/SDH
power input card

The card in slots 17a or 17c of a 6500 shelf. The card provides the required
-48 V dc interface to power the shelf.
ppm
parts-per-million
PPI
plesiochronous digital hierarchy physical interface

List of terms 3-37
PPP
point-to-point protocol
An Internet suite protocol used to establish IP communications between two

nodes over non-Ethernet physical interfaces (typically slow-speed serial
links).
PRFBER
pre-FEC bit error rate
protection channels
The redundant bandwidth allocated to transport the working traffic
subsequent to a bridge affecting the working channels.
protection switching (1+1)

same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The 1+1 protection
switching scheme is non-revertive.
provisioning
The assignment of a specific set of parameters to a network element.
Provisioning involves adding, deleting, or changing components and setting

the values of their attributes.
PRS
primary reference source
PSC
protection switch count
PSD
protection switch duration
PTE
Physical Telecommunications Environment
PUPS
point-of-use power supply
RADIUS
Remote Access Dial-In User authentication Service

3-38 List of terms
RAM
random access memory
Memory into which data can be written and from which data can be read. A
solid state memory device used for transient memory stores. Information can
be entered and retrieved from any storage position.
RDI
remote defect indicator
RDI
remote defect indicator
REI
remote error indicator
reach
The maximum distance a signal is carried.
revertive switch
A 1:N protection scheme where, after a wait-to-restore (WTR) period, the
working channels that have requested protection switch back to the working
channel provided that the working channel is fully functional.
RGRP
ring group
RMEP
Remote maintenance end point
ROADM
reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexer
A message sent out to the upstream network element reporting a fault on the
downstream network.
RoHS
Restriction of Hazardous Substances
RFI
remote fault indicator

List of terms 3-39
A message sent out to the upstream network element reporting a fault on the
downstream network.
ROM
read only memory
A solid state memory device that has information permanently written into the
memory during manufacture.
route diversity
A configuration used for survivability in which the protection channel fibers
and working channel fibers are routed through different paths in order to
protect the traffic against cable cuts and equipment failures.
RPL
ring protection link
RPR
resilient packet ring
RS
regenerator section
RTD
round trip delay
RTU
right to use
Rx
receive
The incoming direction of signal transmission; signals are carried to a network

element from customer equipment.
SA
service-affecting
SAP
service access point
SAPI
source access point identifier

3-40 List of terms
SBS
stimulated Brillouin scattering
SDH
synchronous digital hierarchy
ITU-T recommendations which detail the world standards covering

synchronous transmission.
SDTH
signal degrade threshold
SEC
SDH equipment clock
SEF
severely errored frame
SEFS
severely errored framing second
SES
severely errored second
A severely errored second is a second where the threshold of errors is

exceeded.
SETS
synchronization equipment timing source
SF
signal failure
superframe format
SFP
small-form factor pluggable
SGL
Shared group link

List of terms 3-41
shelf processor
The shelf processor is the circuit pack that houses the CPU, which is the
intelligence center of the 6500 shelves.
The shelf processor provides shelf level control, handles all shelf
communications, and runs the system software. System software resides in
the shelf processor or network nonvolatile memory.
SID
source identifier
The name assigned to a network element. Each network element must have
a SID for the user to direct commands to the network element.
Site Manager
A standalone, nodal management graphical user interface (GUI) that is
installed on a PC or UNIX workstation, and is used to operate, administer,
maintain, and provision optical networks.
SLA
service level agreement
SLAT
system lineup and testing
SLM
single longitudinal mode laser, or single mode laser
An injection laser diode which has a single longitudinal mode.
SMC
SONET minimum clock
SMD
Selective Mux/Demux
SNC
subnetwork connection
SNCP
subnetwork connection protection

3-42 List of terms
SNMP
simple network management protocol
SNTP
simple network timing protocol
SOC
span of control
The total network resources over which a particular network operator has
control.
SOL
start of life
Initial period of the lifetime of a product.
SONET
synchronous optical network
A standard for optical transport formulated by the Exchange Carriers

Standards Association (ECSA) for the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI). The standard defines optical carrier (OC) levels and their electrically
equivalent synchronous transport signals (STS).
A fiber optic communication network that: a) consists of fiber optic data links
and nodes; b) makes use of synchronous transmission; c) operates with
internal synchronism; and d) may operate in synchronism with other networks.
SP
shelf processor. See shelf processor on page 3-41.
SPLI
service and photonic layer interoperability
S/R
save/restore
SS
steady state
SSM
synchronization status message

List of terms 3-43
SSU
synchronization supply unit
STBYH
hot standby
STM-1
synchronous transport module level 1
STM-4
STM-16
STM-64
STM-256
STM-n
An SDH element which is n times (where n is an integer) the STM-1 rate. For
example, STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, and STM-64.
Stratum n clock
Timing sources for networks are often described in terms of stratum levels.
The different stratum clock sources define different levels of accuracy.
STU
synchronization traceability unknown
STS-1
synchronous transport signal level 1
The basic signaling rate for a synchronous optical network transmission

medium (SONET, 51.84 Mbit/s).
STS-3c
synchronous transport signal level 3 concatenated
A SONET standard for transmission over OC-3 optical fiber at 155.52 Mbps.

3-44 List of terms
An STS-3c signal consists of three concatenated STS-1 signals. An OPTera

Metro 3000 network can be dedicated to the transport of STS-3c signals or
can be used to transport both STS-3c and STS-1 signals.
STS-12c
synchronous transport signal level 12 concatenated
A SONET standard for transmission over OC-12 optical fiber at 622.08 Mbps.
An STS-12c signal consists of 12 concatenated STS-1 signals. An OPTera

Metro 3000 network can be dedicated to the transport of STS-12c signals or
can be used to transport STS-12c, STS-3c and STS-1 signals.
STS-n
synchronous transport signal level n (where n is an integer from 1 through
192)
The signal obtained by multiplexing integer multiples (n) of STS-1 signals

(base rate of 51.84 Mbit/s). The rate of the STS-n is n times 51.84 Mbit/s.
STS-1 51.84 Mbit/s

STS-3 155.52 Mbit/s
STS-12 622.08 Mbit/s
STS-48 2488.32 Mbit/s
STS-96 4976.64 Mbit/s
STS-192 9953.28 Mbit/s
SVC
switched virtual circuit
A virtual connection that is established for the duration of a transmission.

Special signalling packets that have unique bit streams but usually contain no
data, are used to set up the connection.
See also VC on page 3-48.
SVID
service provider VLAN identifier
switch completion time

The interval from the decision to switch to the completion of the bridge and
switch operation at a switching node initiating the request.

List of terms 3-45
switching node
A node that either sources a bridge request or receives a bridge request. A
node that is in any of the pass-through states cannot be a switching node. A
switching node also performs any necessary squelching to prevent
misconnecting of traffic for STS-1/VC-4 or higher rate paths.
switching to protection
The action of selecting traffic (at the tail-end) from the protection channels
instead of the working channels.
tail-end
The tail-end is the optics unit or the NE where the line overhead is terminated.
When a failure occurs on a line, the tail-end NE detects the failure and
requests the bridge. For bidirectional switching, a node functions as the
head-end for the outgoing line and as the tail-end for the incoming line on the
failed span.
TARP
TID address resolution protocol
TCA
threshold crossing alert
TCM
tandem connection monitoring
TCP/IP
transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) is a networking

protocol that provides communication across interconnected networks,
between computers with diverse hardware architectures and various
operating systems.
TDM
transmit dispersion penalty
TDP
header error control
TIA
Telecommunications Industry Association

3-46 List of terms
TID
target identifier
The TID is a non-confidential code to identify the network element being

addressed.
TIM
trace identifier mismatch
TLV
type, length, and value
TM
termination module
TOD
time of day
TP
termination point
TPE
transparent payload envelope
TR
transmit/receive
transport
The action of conveying signals from one point to one or more other points in
the network.
TSA
time slot assignment
TSI
time slot interchange
TSTF
test failed
TTI
trail trace identifier

List of terms 3-47
TTL
time to live
Tx
transmit
The outgoing direction of signal transmission; signals are carried from a

network element to customer premises equipment.
UAS
unavailable seconds
The number of one-second intervals for which the line/multiplex section or

path is not available.
UDP
user datagram protocol
UFEC
ultra forward error correction
UNEQ
unequipped
UID
user identifier
The user identifier (UID) is used with several security and administration
commands. It is essential to have a UID in order to activate a user login
session.
unidirectional switching
A switching scheme in which only the failed direction of traffic switches to
protection.

3-48 List of terms
UPC
user privilege code
The network element supports five user security levels called user privilege
codes (UPC). The lowest security of the UPC is 1 and the highest is 5. The
five UPC security levels provide varying level of access for task execution.
UPSR
unidirectional path-switched ring
UPSR
unidirectional path-switched ring
In the UPSR, the ring consists of two fibers on each span, transmitting traffic
in opposite directions, between adjacent nodes. Traffic entering the ring at any
node is transmitted in both directions around the ring until it reaches its exit
point. Each node on the ring is line terminating, such that the connection
across the ring is a path layer connection. At the exit point, the path layer
integrity information is examined for each of the two signals to select the best
quality signal. All of the selectors default to a particular direction, such that
under normal conditions, all traffic is routed around the ring in the same
direction.
URL
uniform resource locator
VC
virtual circuit
VCAT
virtual concatenation
A facility provided by the network for transferring data between a logical

channel from the calling DTE and a logical channel to the called DTE, and
which emulates facilities provided by a physical connection. It is established
only for the duration of the call, and it may share a physical circuit with other
virtual circuits.
virtual container
Element of the SDH built up from a container plus path overhead information.

List of terms 3-49
VCE
virtual circuit endpoint
VCID
virtual circuit segment identifier
VCP
virtual connection point
VEP
virtual end point
VID
VLAN identifier
VLAN
virtual local area network
VLSR
virtual line switched ring
VOA
variable optical attenuator
A device that prevents overloading the optical receiver.
WAN
wide area network
working channels
The channels over which working traffic is transported when there are no
switch events. An APS system performs restoration for the working channels
only.
WRKG
working
WRKRX
working in the receive direction
WRKTX
working in the transmit directions

3-50 List of terms
WT
wavelength translator
XC
cross-connect
XFP
large-form factor pluggable

4-1
Master index 4-
The master index guides the user of the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500)
documentation to find information on a particular topic.
Sample index entry

If you are searching the index for information on performance monitoring (PM)
alarms, you must look for the following index entry:
Example
Level 1 entry: performance monitoring
Level 2 entry: alarms
Level 3 entry: clearing
The master index lists this information in alphabetical order. It also lists some
terms under the abbreviation of that term. Each topic is referenced at the page
level in each document.
You can find the topic lamp test listed as the level one heading under the topic
letter L, followed by the alphabetical listing of any associated level two or three
headings. Then, you select one of the references and use the alphanumeric
code to find out which technical publication contains the information you need.
In the following example, the index lists the information you need on lamp test,
in the following format:
lamp test
performing
from MIC 543 3-22
from Site Manager 310 2-4
The technical publications you need to find information are the following:
• 543: Fault Management - Alarm Clearing, 323-1851-543, Chapter 3,
page 22
• 310: Configuration - Provisioning and Operating, 323-1851-310,
Chapter 2, page 4

4-2 Master index
The blue links in this index will open the applicable technical publication to the
selected content when clicked only if the index and technical publications are
in the same folder. Technical Publications will not open when the index links
are clicked directly from the www.ciena.com portal.
Attention Mozilla Firefox portal users:

You can download multiple documents at one time into a folder using the free
add-on DownThemAll. Once you have installed DownThemAll:
1 Log on to https://portal.ciena.com using Firefox.
2 On the Documentation tab under Product Documentation Search,
select the folder of documents to be downloaded using the Browse
pull-down.
3 Under the Tools menu of your Firefox browser, select ->
DownThemAll.
4 Select the location where you want the documents saved and set
the Filters to Documents (pdf, odf ...) or select the documents in the
list.
5 Click the Start! button.
Disclaimer
Firefox and DownThemAll are not owned or licensable by Ciena and you use
them at your own risk. Ciena makes no warranties as to performance,
merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or any other warranties
whether expressed or implied. No oral or written communication from or
information provided by Ciena shall create a warranty. Under no
circumstances shall Ciena be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential damages resulting from the use, misuse, or inability to use this
software, even if Ciena has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

Master index 4-3
Numerics 1:N protection (continued)

switch criteria 310.2 7-7
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-1
10/100BT
alarms 102.5 5-15
I/O panel 102.7 1-26
cross-connection rates 102.5 5-10
10/100BT cable PG.3 8-119
cross-connection types 102.5 5-9
ordering 151 4-30
equipping rules 102.5 5-17
10/100BT circuit pack
latency 102.5 5-21
operational measurements 520 1-227
performance monitoring 102.5 5-14
100Base optical specifications PG.3 8-147
supported SFPs 102.5 5-10
100G
supported XFPs 102.5 5-10
application PG.2 4-41
technical specifications 102.5 5-19
100G circuit pack
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-73
latency 102.4 2-71
alarms 102.3 1-86
100G circuit packs
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.4
2-79
latency 102.3 1-92
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-31
alarms 102.4 2-39
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.3 1-82
1+1 enhanced trunk switch (ETS)
overview 310.2 7-41
latency 102.4 2-47
1+1 ETS
configuration PG.2 4-7
supported CFPs 102.4 2-38
1+1 LAG protection
overview 310.2 7-34
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-1
1+1 linear
alarms 102.4 2-14
overview 310.2 7-24
path connection
bidirectional 320.1 3-70
latency 102.4 2-30
Ethernet drop-and-continue 320.1 3-73
optical specifications PG.3 8-170
1+1 linear APS alarms 543.1 4-21
1+1 OTN
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-1
alarms 102.4 2-14
1+1 OTN line-side
overview 310.2 7-36
1+1 protection
latency 102.4 2-30
overview 310.2 7-10, 310.2 7-11
provisioning groups 310.2 7-10
1+1 TPT
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack
overview 310.2 7-48
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-31
1:N protection
alarms 102.4 2-39
exerciser 310.2 7-9
overview 310.2 7-4
provisioning groups 310.2 7-7

4-4 Master index
100GE OCI circuit pack (continued) 10G XFP module

latency 102.4 2-47 optical specifications PG.3 8-178
performance monitoring 102.4 2-39 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-15
supported CFPs 102.4 2-38 alarms 102.5 4-21
technical specifications 102.4 2-47 cross-connection rates 102.5 4-19
100GHz CMD44 point-to point terminal cross-connection types 102.5 4-18
configuring 221 4-100 equipping rules 102.5 4-23
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-1 latency 102.5 4-27
alarms 102.5 4-9 operational measurements 520 1-240
cross-connection rates 102.5 4-6 optical specifications PG.3 8-150
cross-connection types 102.5 4-6 performance monitoring 102.5 4-21
equipping rules 102.5 4-11 supported XFPs 102.5 4-19
latency 102.5 4-14 technical specifications 102.5 4-24
performance monitoring 102.5 4-8 10GGE circuit pack
supported XFPs 102.5 4-6 operational measurements 520 1-227
technical specifications 102.5 4-12 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-48
10G OTN circuit pack alarms 102.4 2-62
optical specifications PG.3 8-150 cross-connection rates 102.4 2-59
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-2 cross-connection types 102.4 2-59
alarms 102.5 1-8 equipping rules 102.4 2-64
cross-connection rates 102.5 1-6 latency 102.4 2-70
cross-connection types 102.5 1-6 optical specifications PG.3 8-174
equipping rules 102.5 1-10 performance monitoring 102.4 2-61
latency 102.5 1-13 supported XFPs 102.4 2-60
operational measurements 520 1-240 technical specifications 102.4 2-70
optical specifications PG.3 8-153 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-48
performance monitoring 102.5 1-8 alarms 102.4 2-62
supported XFPs 102.5 1-7 cross-connection rates 102.4 2-59
technical specifications 102.5 1-11 cross-connection types 102.4 2-59
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-14 equipping rules 102.4 2-64
alarms 102.5 1-20 latency 102.4 2-70
cross-connection rates 102.5 1-18 optical specifications PG.3 8-174
latency 102.5 1-27 supported SFPs 102.4 2-60
operational measurements 520 1-240 technical specifications 102.4 2-70
optical specifications PG.3 8-157 120 ohm converter module, replacing 545 2-150
performance monitoring 102.5 1-20 14-slot shelf components PG.1 3-5
supported XFPs 102.5 1-19 14-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-47
technical specifications 102.5 1-25 14-slot shelf electrical interface area
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-28 hardware PG.1 3-21
alarms 102.5 4-34 14-slot shelf fans
cross-connection rates 102.5 4-32 hardware PG.1 3-47
cross-connection types 102.5 4-32 14-slot shelf front cover
equipping rules 102.5 4-37 installing 201.2 5-60
latency 102.5 4-40 14-slot shelf mounting brackets 201.1 4-86
performance monitoring 102.5 4-34 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack
supported XFPs 102.5 4-32 optical specifications PG.3 8-174
technical specifications 102.5 4-38 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel
10G WT circuit pack hardware
optical specifications PG.3 8-150 ordering 151 3-84

Master index 4-5
16xGE front pluggable I/O panel, replacing 545 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-13
2-141 alarms 102.7 1-17
16xOC-n circuit pack 102.3 1-56 cross-connection rates 102.7 1-16
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack cross-connection types 102.7 1-16
alarms 102.3 1-67 equipping rules 102.7 1-18
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-63 latency 102.7 1-19
equipping rules 102.3 1-70 replacing 545 2-40
latency 102.3 1-72 supported XFPs 102.7 1-16
performance monitoring 102.3 1-67 technical specifications 102.7 1-19, 102.7 1-34
supported SFPs 102.3 1-65 testing 221 6-68
technical specifications 102.3 1-70 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-1
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-44 alarms 102.3 1-14
alarms 102.2 1-48 cross-connection rates 102.3 1-13
cross-connection rates 102.2 1-48 cross-connection types 102.3 1-13
cross-connection types 102.2 1-47 equipping rules 102.3 1-17
equipping rules 102.2 1-50 latency 102.3 1-30
latency 102.2 1-53 performance monitoring 102.3 1-13
performance monitoring 102.2 1-48 technical specifications 102.3 1-17
replacing 545 2-75 2.048 MHz
technical specifications 102.2 1-52 electrical specifications PG.3 8-371
testing 221 6-25 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-1
16xSTM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-56 alarms 102.5 2-8
1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-41 cross-connection rates 102.5 2-5
connecting AC power 201.1 4-68 cross-connection types 102.5 2-5
connecting an external power alarm 201.1 equipping rules 102.5 2-10
4-80 latency 102.5 2-12
connecting the DC outputs (40A power input optical specifications PG.3 8-153
cards) 201.1 4-74 performance monitoring 102.5 2-7
connecting the DC outputs (60A power input supported SFPs/XFPs 102.5 2-6
cards) 201.1 4-77 technical specifications 102.5 2-11
equipping rules 102.1 3-43 2.5G MOTR circuit packs
installing 201.1 4-62 roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5
technical specifications 102.1 3-44 2-13
1U rectifier module, replacing 545 2-180 2.5G MOTR equipment profile
1WAY ODU connection editing 310.1 1-71
adding 320.1 4-13 20G L2SS
1WAY path connection Front I/O panel (Multi-Service) 102.7 2-27
adding 320.1 3-43 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-24
1WAY Photonic connections alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-27, 543.1 3-28
adding 320.1 5-15 alarms 102.7 2-34
1WAY unidirectional ODU connection 320.1 4-3 cross-connection rates 102.7 2-31
1WAY unidirectional path connections 320.1 3-4 editing
1WAY unidirectional Photonic connections 320.1 I/O carrier 310.1 1-79
5-3 map mode 310.1 1-79
1WAYPR path connection WAN configuration 310.1 1-79
adding 320.1 3-43 equipping rules 102.7 2-36
1WAYPR unidirectional path connections 320.1 operational measurements 520 1-230
3-5 performance monitoring 102.7 2-34
physical port view 301 5-25

4-6 Master index
20G L2SS circuit pack (continued) 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack (continued)

protection 310.2 7-13 technical specifications 102.2 1-30
replacing 545 2-44 2-Fiber BLSR
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 2-32 configuration PG.2 4-8
technical specifications 102.7 2-38 ENUT 310.2 7-70
testing 221 6-47 overview 310.2 7-62
20G L2SS equipment protection protection group provisioning 310.2 7-66
testing 221 6-59 2-Fiber MS-SPRing
20L2SS gateway circuit pack configuration PG.2 4-8
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-27 ENUT 310.2 7-70
2110 shelf overview 310.2 7-62
installation protection group provisioning 310.2 7-66
installing 2110 shelf 201.2 6-101 2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-111
2110-Tx-xxxx DCM alarms 102.6 1-117
installation equipping rules 102.6 1-118
installing 2110-Tx-xxxx DCM into the 2110 performance monitoring 102.6 1-115
shelf 201.2 6-103 technical specifications 102.6 1-119
2150 Passive Module 2-slot shelf
installation replacement 545 2-253
installing 2150 Passive Module 201.2 6-96 2-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-52
2150 passive optical multiplexer chassis 102.6 2-slot shelf fans
1-244 hardware PG.1 3-52
24x10/100BT circuit pack 2-slot shelf front cover
replacing 545 2-51 installing 201.2 5-66
testing 221 6-40 2-slot shelf, mounting brackets 201.1 4-86
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-21 2-slot x 2-row filler card PG.1 3-88
alarms 102.7 1-30 2WAY bidirectional EVPL connection 320.1 6-3
cross-connection rates 102.7 1-29 2WAY bidirectional ODU connection 320.1 4-4
cross-connection types 102.7 1-29 2WAY bidirectional path connections 320.1 3-5
equipping rules 102.7 1-33 2WAY bidirectional Photonic connections 320.1
latency 102.7 1-35 5-6
performance monitoring 102.7 1-30 2WAY EVPL connection
supported SFPs 102.7 1-30 adding 320.1 6-8
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-32 2WAY path connection
alarms 102.2 1-37 adding 320.1 3-43
cross-connection rates 102.2 1-37 2WAY Photonic connections
cross-connection types 102.2 1-37 adding 320.1 5-15
equipping rules 102.2 1-39 2WAYDPR bidirectional path connections 320.1
latency 102.2 1-43 3-7
performance monitoring 102.2 1-37 2WAYDPR path connection
replacing 545 2-37 adding 320.1 3-43
technical specifications 102.2 1-42 2WAYPR bidirectional path connections 320.1
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-20 3-6
alarms 102.2 1-25 2WAYPR path connection
cross-connection rates 102.2 1-24 adding 320.1 3-43
cross-connection types 102.2 1-24 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-30
equipping rules 102.2 1-27 alarms 102.5 1-42
latency 102.2 1-31 cross-connection rates 102.5 1-38
performance monitoring 102.2 1-25 cross-connection types 102.5 1-38
replacing 545 2-37 latency 102.5 1-48

Master index 4-7
2x10G OTR circuit pack (continued) 40G (continued)

operational measurements 520 1-240 ULH submarine application PG.2 4-36
optical specifications PG.3 8-155 40G circuit pack
performance monitoring 102.5 1-40 latency 102.4 1-111
supported XFPs 102.5 1-38 40G circuit packs
technical specifications 102.5 1-48 operational measurements 520 1-251
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-31 roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.4
alarms 102.3 1-39 1-118
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-37 40G MSPP circuit packs
cross-connection types 102.3 1-37 optical interface, ordering 151 3-23
latency 102.3 1-44 40G MUX OCI
performance monitoring 102.3 1-39 10GbE WAN
supported SFPs/DPOs 102.3 1-38 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-23
technical specifications 102.3 1-43 functions 102.4 1-88
2xOC48/STM-16 circuit pack 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-39
equipping rules 102.3 1-42 alarms 102.4 1-48
2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit pack, cross-connection rates 102.4 1-45
replacing 545 2-28 cross-connection types 102.4 1-45
2xOSC equipping rules 102.4 1-51
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-3 optical specifications PG.3 8-165
alarms 102.6 1-7 performance monitoring 102.4 1-47
equipping rules 102.6 1-8 supported XFPs 102.4 1-46
optical specifications PG.3 8-234 technical specifications 102.4 1-54
supported SFPs 102.6 1-6 40G OCI
technical specifications 102.6 1-10 functions 102.4 1-87
2xOSC ports on shelf processor SPAP-2 w/2xOSC 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-19
optical specifications PG.3 8-234 alarms 102.4 1-31
32-slot shelf cross-connection rates 102.4 1-29
installing the air exhaust panels 201.2 5-43 equipping rules 102.4 1-34
32-slot shelf access panel latency 102.4 1-38
replacing 545 2-134 optical specifications PG.3 8-163
32-slot shelf components PG.1 3-26 performance monitoring 102.4 1-31
32-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-51 reconfiguration 545 2-217
32-slot shelf fans replacing 545 2-93
hardware PG.1 3-51 supported SFPs/XFPs/CFPs 102.4 1-30
32-slot shelf front cover technical specifications 102.4 1-36
installing 201.2 5-46 40G OCLD
32xSTM-1e front I/O panel functions 102.4 1-87
replacing 545 2-137 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-1
40/41/43G OCI circuit pack alarms 102.4 1-9
optical specifications PG.3 8-163 cross-connection rates 102.4 1-9
40/43G OCI cross-connection types 102.4 1-9
functions 102.4 1-87 equipping rules 102.4 1-11
40/43G OCI circuit pack latency 102.4 1-18
optical specifications PG.3 8-163 optical specifications PG.3 8-159
replacing 545 2-93 performance monitoring 102.4 1-9
40G technical specifications 102.4 1-15
application PG.2 4-34
functions 102.4 1-87

4-8 Master index
40G OCLI circuit pack 4-Fiber MS-SPRing

cross-connection types 102.4 1-29 configuration PG.2 4-9
40G OTN XCIF circuit pack overview 310.2 7-73
specifications PG.3 8-174 protection group provisioning 310.2 7-79
40G UOCLD 4x10G OTR circuit pack
functions 102.4 1-88 optical specifications PG.3 8-155
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-67 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-1
alarms 102.4 1-74 alarms 102.7 1-8
cross-connection rates 102.4 1-73 cross-connection rates 102.7 1-7
cross-connection types 102.4 1-73 cross-connection types 102.7 1-7
equipping rules 102.4 1-75 equipping rules 102.7 1-10
latency 102.4 1-86 latency 102.7 1-12
optical specifications PG.3 8-166 performance monitoring 102.7 1-8
performance monitoring 102.4 1-73 replacing 545 2-40
technical specifications 102.4 1-85 supported SFPs 102.7 1-7
40G XCIF technical specifications 102.7 1-11
functions 102.4 1-88 testing 221 6-33
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-55 4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack
alarms 102.4 1-60 replacing 545 2-40
cross-connection rates 102.4 1-59 4xOPS circuit pack
cross-connection types 102.4 1-59 optical specifications PG.3 8-268
equipping rules 102.4 1-62 50 GHz OPM circuit pack
latency 102.4 1-66 performance monitoring, optical monitoring
performance monitoring 102.4 1-59 points 520 1-148
replacing 545 2-56 5100/5200 and 6500
specifications PG.3 8-174 interworking PG.4 9-240
technical specifications 102.4 1-65 6.312 MHz
40G XCIF equipment mode electrical specifications PG.3 8-370
editing 310.1 1-71 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-2
40G+ CFP OCI alarms 102.2 1-5
functions 102.4 1-87 cross-connection rates 102.2 1-5
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack cross-connection types 102.2 1-5
reconfiguration 545 2-217 equipping rules 102.2 1-7
48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) performance monitoring 102.2 1-5
connection management 320.1 3-27 replacing 545 2-75
48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack technical specifications 102.2 1-11
replacing 545 2-54 64 kHz Composite Clock (64K CC)
48x10/100BT I/O panel, replacing 545 2-139 electrical specifications PG.3 8-370
4-Fiber BLSR 6500
configuration PG.2 4-9 general introduction PG.1 1-1
overview 310.2 7-73 services 151 1-42, PG.1 3-84
protection group provisioning 310.2 7-79 shelf PG.1 3-4
4-Fiber HERS 6500 Photonics
configuration PG.2 4-9 application PG.2 4-43
overview 310.2 7-73 6500 shelf
protection group provisioning 310.2 7-79 installing 201.1 4-83
7-slot shelf access panel
replacing 545 2-134

Master index 4-9
7-slot shelf components PG.1 3-30 active alarms PG.2 5-21

7-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-52 active disabled alarms PG.2 5-22
7-slot shelf fans retrieving 543.1 2-18
hardware PG.1 3-52 retrieving, details 543.1 2-18
7-slot shelf mounting brackets 201.1 4-86 sorting 543.1 2-18
84xDS1 TM circuit pack updating 543.1 2-18
optical specifications PG.3 8-233 active users PG.2 5-28
protection 310.2 7-10 forcing out 301 2-47
provisioning automatically 310.1 1-56 retrieving 301 2-46
provisioning manually 310.1 1-60 adapter cleaning 201.2 7-6
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-45 adapter kits, installing 201.1 4-20
alarms 102.3 1-51 add/drop filter
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-50 inserting 221 5-27
cross-connection types 102.3 1-49 adding
equipping rules 102.3 1-53 ARP proxy entry 310.1 3-18
latency 102.3 1-55 ARP table entry 310.1 3-18
performance monitoring 102.3 1-51 BMD-2 221 4-26, 221 4-31
supported SFPs 102.3 1-50 CCMD12 221 4-39
technical specifications 102.3 1-55 CMD44 221 4-26
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-1 database replication entry 310.1 3-18
alarms 102.5 5-15 DCN settings entry 310.1 3-18
cross-connection rates 102.5 5-10 default SNMP community name 310.2 4-24
cross-connection types 102.5 5-9 ETH facility to LAG 310.1 1-105
equipping rules 102.5 5-17 ETH100 facility to LAG 310.1 1-105
latency 102.5 5-21 ETH10G facility to LAG 310.1 1-105
performance monitoring 102.5 5-14 EVPL connections 320.1 6-8
supported SFPs 102.5 5-10 facility 310.1 1-82
technical specifications 102.5 5-19 facility to equipment 310.1 1-82
G.8032 ERP group list range 320.3 24-5
A GNE entry 310.1 3-18
GRE entry 310.1 3-18
abbreviations
IISIS circuit entry 310.1 3-18
alarm 543.1 2-1, 543.1 4-1, 543.2 5-2
IISIS router entry 310.1 3-18
PM 520 1-1
invalid password list entry 301 2-51
access control list 301 2-22
IP entry 310.1 3-18
access panel
IP Static Route entry 310.1 3-18
cables, ordering 151 4-5
LAN entry 310.1 3-18
installing 201.1 4-83
login profile
access panels 102.1 3-45
Site Manager session, over craft Ethernet
alarms 102.1 3-54
connection 301 1-38
Site Manager session, over direct cable
(RS-232) connection 301 1-46
accessories, ordering 151 2-2
Site Manager session, over modem
account dormancy 301 2-24
connection 301 1-42
editing defaults 301 2-42
Site Manager session, over network
ACL 301 2-22, PG.4 9-287
connection 301 1-33
ACO button
terminal session, over craft Ethernet
lamp test 543.1 2-39
connection 301 1-40
activating
terminal session, over direct cable (RS-232)
incremental expansion pack load 301 8-13
connection 301 1-49

4-10 Master index
login profile (continued) ADJ (TXRX) facility

terminal session, over modem editing 310.1 1-112
connection 301 1-45 ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber facility
terminal session, over network parameters 310.1 1-378
connection 301 1-36 adjacencies
lower layer DCC/GCC entry 310.1 3-18 provisioning 221 3-16
maintenance association 320.3 26-18 adjacencies displaying 301 5-39
maintenance domain 320.3 26-10 Adjacency Discovery Unreliable alarm 543.1 4-24
maintenance end point 320.3 26-31 adjacency facility
maintenance intermediate point 320.3 26-26 expected far end address 310.1 1-396
member shelf to a consolidated node 301 4-54 Adjacency Far End Not Discovered alarm 543.1
NAT entry 310.1 3-18 4-26
node to a login profile 301 1-53 Adjacency Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-29
node to navigation tree 301 1-62 Adjacency Provisioning Error alarm 543.1 4-32
ODU connection ADJ-FIBER facility
adding 320.1 4-13 editing 310.1 1-112
OMD4 221 4-31 ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX facility
OMX 221 4-31 editing 310.1 1-112
optical channel to a stretched span 221 7-38 administration
optical channels 221 7-3, 221 7-12 backup 301 6-3
optical connection 301 5-43 backup and restore 301 6-2
OSPF circuit entry 310.1 3-18 CommLog 301 9-1
OSPF router entry 310.1 3-18 General Broadcast tool 301 9-1
OTS 310.2 8-12 login banner 301 1-4
OTS instance 301 5-50 release management 301 7-1
passive components 102.6 1-412, 221 5-3 SSH 301 1-2
path connections 320.1 3-43 TL1 Command Builder 301 9-1
Photonic connection 301 5-43 upgrade management 301 8-1
Photonic connections 320.1 5-15 user account administration 301 2-1
port filter 310.1 3-18 user account management 301 2-1
remote maintenance end point 320.3 26-41 Advanced Security Settings PG.2 5-29
remote NE to span of control 301 4-65 aging
resilient packet ring 320.2 15-7 passwords 301 2-5
resilient packet ring protection 320.2 15-11 AINS
reverse port NAT 310.1 3-18 default period, editing 301 4-37
RPR 320.2 15-7 AINS support on facilities 102.5 1-90, 310.1
SCMD4 221 4-35 1-193, 310.1 1-196
shelf 301 4-47 air filter, replacing 545 2-183
SNMP alarmModelTable row 310.2 4-35 air plenum
SNMP group mapping 310.2 4-20 grounding 201.1 4-83
SNMP user groups 310.2 4-22 installing 201.1 4-83
SNMP USM user 310.2 4-15 AIS (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-183
SNMP views 310.2 4-18 AIS (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-190
static entries 320.2 18-13 AIS (E1) alarm 543.1 4-211
static NAT entry 310.1 3-18 AIS (E3) alarm 543.1 4-190
time of day servers 301 4-60 AIS (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-223
upper layer DCC entry 310.1 3-18 AIS (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-249
user account 301 2-31 AIS (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-340
adding a channel AIS (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64,
passive OTS network 221 5-24 OC-768/STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-342

Master index 4-11
AIS (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-341 AIS (STS/HO VC) alarm (continued)
AIS (VT/LO VC) alarm 543.2 5-341 external alarm provisioning
alarm overview 543.1 1-26
abbreviations 543.1 2-1, 543.1 4-1, 543.2 5-2 procedures 543.1 2-10
active alarms external control relay
AINS 543.1 1-22 procedures 543.1 2-10
color-coded alarm severity 543.1 1-21 external control relays
filtering 543.1 2-13 labels 543.1 2-2
retrieving 543.1 2-13 operating 543.1 2-43
sorting 543.1 2-13 overview 543.1 1-26
updating 543.1 2-13 provisioning 543.1 2-43
viewing 543.1 1-21, 543.1 1-22 releasing 543.1 2-43
active disabled alarms fault clearing priority 543.1 1-9
details, retrieving 543.1 2-18 hierarchy 543.1 3-4
filtering 543.1 2-18 20G L2SS circuit pack 543.1 3-27, 543.1
retrieving 543.1 2-18 3-28
sorting 543.1 2-18 20G MOTR circuit pack 543.1 3-28
updating 543.1 2-18 20L2SS gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-27
active events, viewing 543.1 1-23 40G MUX OCI 10GbE WAN 543.1 3-23
alarm clearing strategy 543.1 1-8 8b10B 543.1 3-29
alarm details, retrieving 543.1 2-13 DS1 service module (DSM) 543.1 3-11
alarm hold-off 543.1 1-25 DS3 facility, coax to optics direction 543.1
alarm management procedures 543.1 2-10 3-12
alarm monitoring procedures 543.1 2-10 DS3 facility, optics to coax direction 543.1
alarm parameters 543.1 2-2 3-13
environmental alarms 543.1 2-3 E1 hardware 543.1 3-14
external controls 543.1 2-2 E1 line 543.1 3-14
alarm point status E3, coax to optics direction 543.1 3-15
disabling 543.1 2-23 E3, optics to coax direction 543.1 3-16
enabling 543.1 2-23 EC-1 543.1 3-17
alarm profiles 543.1 1-24 EFM alarms 543.1 3-26
procedures 543.1 2-10 equipment, circuit packs 543.1 3-7
alarm provisioning equipment, provisioned pluggables 543.1
procedures 543.1 2-10 3-9
alarm source, identifying 543.1 2-38 equipment, shelf 543.1 3-10
alarm unit 543.1 1-12 equipment, unprovisioned pluggables 543.1
audible alarms, clearing 301 5-45, 543.1 2-39 3-9
disabled alarms, viewing 543.1 1-26 ETH 543.1 3-24
displaying 301 5-37, 301 5-39 ETH100 543.1 3-24
environmental alarm FC100/FC200/FC400 543.1 3-24
labels 543.1 2-3 Fiber Channel 543.1 3-29
environmental alarm attributes, GE 543.1 3-24
provisioning 543.1 2-41 L2 MOTR 543.1 3-34
events L2SS circuit pack 543.1 3-27
autonomous messages 543.1 2-5 L2SS gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-27
details, retrieving 543.1 2-15 LAN/WAN EPL 543.1 3-24
filtering 543.1 2-15 OC-n facility 543.1 3-28, 543.1 3-32, 543.1
retrieving 543.1 2-15 3-33
sorting 543.1 2-15 OTM2 mapping facility 543.1 3-41
updating 543.1 2-15 OTM4 facility 543.1 3-39

4-12 Master index
hierarchy (continued) alarms (continued)

OTM4 mapping facility 543.1 3-40 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
overall 543.1 3-6 2-14
PDH gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-27 100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-39
Photonic Optical Signal facility 543.1 3-42 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5
pluggable I/O carriers 543.1 3-8 4-9
pluggable I/O panels 543.1 3-8 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-8
RPR 543.1 3-43 10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-20
RPR LAN port 543.1 3-44 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-34
shelf equipment 543.1 3-10 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-21
STM-1e 543.1 3-44 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-62
STM-m facility 543.1 3-28, 543.1 3-32, 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-62
543.1 3-33 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-67
STS facility 543.1 3-33 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-48
VC facility 543.1 3-33 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-17
VT facility 543.1 3-33 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-14
WAN 543.1 3-24 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-8
lamp test, performing 543.1 2-39 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-34
list of alarms 543.1 4-6, 543.2 5-5 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-30
Photonic system procedures 543.1 2-11 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-37
procedures 543.1 2-10 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-25
profile details, retrieving 543.1 2-22 2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-117
profiles 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-42
editing 543.1 2-23 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-39
retrieving 543.1 2-22 2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-7
setting active 543.1 2-28 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-48
setting default 543.1 2-26 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-31
security alarms, clearing 543.1 2-21 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-9
severity 543.1 1-9, 543.1 3-1 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-74
color-coded 543.1 1-21 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-60
editing 543.1 2-23 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-8
source 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5
identifying circuit pack 543.1 2-38 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-51
identifying facility 543.1 2-38 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-15
identifying pluggable module/port 543.1 access panels 102.1 3-54
2-38 BMD-2 module 102.6 1-224
alarm and event management PG.2 5-21 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-144
Alarm and Event Throttling Active alarm 543.1 checking 221 2-52
4-35 clearing 221 2-52
alarm clearing strategy 543.1 1-8 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-194
alarm control cables (DSM), connecting 201.2 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-211
6-79 cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-24
alarm profiles PG.2 5-23 DSCM module 102.6 1-230
Alarm Provisioning Near Limit alarm 543.1 4-36 DSM 102.2 1-60
alarms FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-240
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-15 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-43
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-86 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-48
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-39 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-7
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-14 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-65
maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-59

Master index 4-13
alarms (continued) amplifier

MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-30 Photonic
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-42 gain settings 543.1 2-48
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-54 amplifier output power, measuring 543.1 2-51
OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-219 applications PG.2 4-1
OME1110 250 1-9 100G PG.2 4-41
OMX module 102.6 1-166 40G PG.2 4-34
OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-97 6500 Photonics PG.2 4-43
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-19 intra-office PG.2 4-14
Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-268 NGM PG.2 4-28
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-65 OMX PG.2 4-17
SCMD4 circuit pack 102.6 1-127 orderwire PG.2 4-43
shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-14 PDH PG.2 4-16
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-19 Submarine PG.2 4-43
SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-106 applying
SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-136 BLSR
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-21 ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6 HERS
Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-12 ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit MS-SPRing
pack 102.4 1-9 ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 APR
1-84 overview 543.1 1-104
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6 APS provisioning
1-74 requirements 320.1 2-8
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 ARP proxy 310.1 3-8
1-107 adding entry 310.1 3-18
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 deleting entry 310.1 3-20
1-94 parameters 310.1 3-49
alarms & controls PG.2 5-22 ARP table
alarms cut-off PG.2 5-22 adding entry 310.1 3-18
All Provisioned RADIUS Accounting Servers deleting entry 310.1 3-20
Unavailable alarm 543.1 4-37 editing 310.1 3-16
All Provisioned RADIUS Servers Unavailable parameters 310.1 3-49
alarm 543.1 4-39 assigning
allowing PM profile, default 520 1-58
database change events 543.1 2-20 PM threshold profile 520 1-64
inventory display 543.1 2-20 default 520 1-58
log display 543.1 2-20 authentication
ALS centralized 301 2-8
overview 543.1 1-103 challenge/response 301 2-7
ALS Disabled alarm 543.1 4-40 local user 301 2-6
ALS Triggered - Laser is shutdown alarm 543.1 user account 301 2-6
4-41 auto concatenation
ALSO SONET/SDH 320.1 3-11
overview 543.1 1-104 auto equipping
AMP facility enabling/disabling 301 5-48
editing 310.1 1-112 Auto Protection Switch Acknowledge Time Out
parameters 310.1 1-370 alarm 543.1 4-49
autodiscovery PG.1 2-96

4-14 Master index
auto-equipping bandwidth allocation

disabling 221 2-19 displaying 320.2 16-3
enabling 221 2-19 bandwidth profiles 320.2 11-1, PG.2 5-13
automated backup 301 6-3 creating 320.2 11-6
Automatic In-Service (AINS) deleting 320.2 11-11
default period, editing 301 4-37 editing 320.2 11-8
automatic laser shutdown parameters 320.2 11-13
overview 543.1 1-103 retrieving 320.2 11-5
automatic line shut off setting a default 320.2 11-12
overview 543.1 1-104 bandwidth profiles parameters 320.2 11-13
automatic power reduction banner
overview 543.1 1-104 editing 301 4-23
Automatic Power Reduction Active alarm 543.1 batch file
4-42 building 301 9-6
Automatic Shutoff alarm 543.1 4-47 editing 301 9-11
Automatic Shutoff Disabled alarm 543.1 4-48 loading 301 9-10
autonomous messages 543.1 2-5 running 301 9-13
autoprovisioning 301 5-48 bays
Autoprovisioning Mismatch - Pluggable configurations PG.1 2-46
alarm 543.1 4-53 equipping rules 151 1-49
Autoprovisioning Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-51 ordering 151 2-2
Autoprovisioning power and wavelength PG.1 BDI 543.1 1-7
2-97 BER
Autoprovisioning TTI PG.1 2-101 measuring raw BER (OTM2) 520 1-76
Bipolar Violations (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-183
B Bipolar Violations (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-190
Bipolar Violations (E1) alarm 543.1 4-211
backplane PG.1 3-39
Bipolar Violations (E3) alarm 543.1 4-190
Backplane bandwidth allocation algorithms 320.1
BLSR
3-33
APS configuration file
backplane bandwidth defragmentation 320.1
editing 320.1 1-1
3-32
APS provisioning 320.1 2-1
Backplane bandwidth engineering rules 320.1
requirements 320.1 2-8
3-33
Backplane bandwidth fragmentation 320.1 3-31
editing 320.1 2-14
Backplane Bandwidth Query toolset 320.1 3-32
extra traffic 320.1 3-25
Backplane ID Module 1 Failed alarm 543.1 4-54
full VT 320.1 3-25
Backplane ID Module 2 Failed alarm 543.1 4-54
path connection
backup and restore 301 6-2
provisioning data
linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-81
backup details, retrieving 301 6-8
subtending UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85
restoring 301 6-14
ring configuration files
saving 301 6-9
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
provisioning data files
creating 320.1 1-7
file name parameters 301 6-5
deleting 320.1 1-23
URL formats 301 6-4
editing 320.1 1-14
backups
exporting 320.1 1-21
forwarding database files 320.2 18-9
retrieving 320.1 1-6
backwards defect indicators 543.1 1-7
saving 320.1 1-20
Band splitter 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-251

Master index 4-15
BLSR (continued)
ring configuration information
C
cable
clearing 320.1 1-19
alarm control (DSM) 201.2 6-79
communication (DSM) 201.2 6-79
ring configurations
control and communications 201.1 4-157
creating 320.1 1-7
DS1 201.2 6-87
data, loading from a network element 320.1
electrical cables 201.2 5-31
1-12
Ethernet RJ-45 201.2 8-4
ring map 320.1 2-2
ground
creating 320.1 2-13
air plenum 201.1 4-83
deleting 320.1 2-19
cooling unit 201.1 4-83
shelf 201.1 4-83
switch criteria 310.2 7-69, 310.2 7-77
ordering 151 4-1
VT-accessed 320.1 3-24
power 201.1 4-136
BLSR/MS-SPRing
RS-232 null modem 201.2 8-2
VT/LO VC assignment 320.1 3-24
cable and connector details 201.2 8-1
BMD-2
cable pinout
adding 221 4-26, 221 4-31
Ethernet RJ-45 cable 201.2 8-4
RS-232 null modem cable 201.2 8-2
BMD-2 module 102.6 1-222
calculated shelf power, calculating 301 4-42
alarms 102.6 1-224
calculating
calculated shelf power 301 4-42
replacing 545 2-97, 545 2-114
challenge/response reply 301 2-83
CAP, ordering 151 5-15
BMD2 module
Cat 5E cable assemblies 151 4-30
category 5e cable
brackets, ordering 151 2-15
routing 201.2 5-20
breaker interface panel 102.1 3-2
CCM Error alarm 543.1 4-55
cables, ordering 151 4-11
CCMD12
adding 221 4-39
CCMD12 C-Band
breaker interface panel (1U)
replacing 545 2-108
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-139
breaker interface panel (2U)
alarms 102.6 1-144
testing input power 201.1 4-35
Broadband circuit packs
optical interface, ordering 151 3-24
broadband network SLAT 221 9-1
broadcasting
messages to users 301 9-16
centralized security administration PG.2 5-29
building
attributes
script 301 9-6
authentication settings, provisioning 301
2-64
operations 310.2 5-17
details, retrieving 301 2-63
performance 310.2 5-16
RADIUS proxy server
utilization of resources 310.2 5-17
provisioning 301 2-74
building-integrated timing supply (BITS) 310.2
5-16

4-16 Master index
centralized security administration (continued) circuit pack (continued)

RADIUS server 16xSTM-n 102.3 1-56
provisioning 301 2-65 1x10GE EPL 102.7 1-13
shared secret, changing 301 2-71 1xOC-192/STM-64 102.3 1-1
CFP 2.5G MOTR 102.5 2-1
cleaning 201.2 7-11 20G L2SS 102.7 2-24
CFP module 24x10/100BT EPL 102.7 1-21
ordering 151 3-80 24xDS3/E3 102.2 1-32
replacing 545 2-58 24xDS3/EC-1 102.2 1-20
challenge/response 301 2-7, 301 2-64 2-Port OPM 102.6 1-111
authentication 301 2-73 2x10G OTR 102.5 1-30
reply, calculating/generating 301 2-83 2xOC-48/STM-16 102.3 1-31
challenge/response calculator PG.2 5-29 2xOSC 102.6 1-3
changing 40G MUX OCI 102.4 1-39
password 301 2-49 40G OCI 102.4 1-19
shared secret 40G OCLD 102.4 1-1
RADIUS server 301 2-71 40G UOCLD 102.4 1-67
test access session (TAS) mode 310.2 6-24 40G XCIF 102.4 1-55
Channel Controller: Failure Detected alarm 543.1 4xGE EPL 102.7 1-1
4-56 63xE1 102.2 1-2
Channel Controller: Unexpected Loss Detected 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 102.3 1-45
alarm 543.1 4-60 8xOTN Flex MOTR 102.5 5-1
Channel degrade alarm 543.1 4-66 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-7
channelized loopback CCMD12 102.6 1-139
operating 310.2 6-31 common, ordering 151 3-2
releasing 310.2 6-31 cross-connect 102.1 2-1
retrieving 310.2 6-29 deleting 310.1 1-68
test access 310.2 6-7 details, retrieving 310.1 1-47
CHC facility editing, primary state 310.1 1-65
editing 310.1 1-112 electrical interface, ordering 151 3-81
parameters 310.1 1-401 FGA 102.6 1-235
checking FLEX MOTR 102.7 1-36
alarms 221 2-52 inserting 201.1 4-191
NE software release 221 2-8 installing 201.1 4-180
circuit pack interface PG.1 3-53
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR 102.5 5-1 L2 MOTR 102.7 2-39
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n 102.3 1-73 L2SS 102.7 2-1
100G OCI 102.4 2-31 LEDs 543.1 1-13
100G OCLD 102.4 2-1 LIM 102.6 1-60
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD 102.4 2-1 MLA 102.6 1-24
100GE OCI 102.4 2-31 MLA2 102.6 1-36
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT 102.5 4-1 MLA3 102.6 1-48
10G OTR 102.5 1-2 NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G
10G OTSC 102.5 1-14 DWDM PG.3 7-11
10G OTU2 WT 102.5 4-28 optical specifications, frame length PG.3 8-290
10GEL WT 102.5 4-15 optical specifications, latency PG.3 8-290
10x10G MUX 102.4 2-48 OSIC 102.4 1-94
10x10GE MUX 102.4 2-48 overview PG.1 3-1
16xOC-n 102.3 1-56 path connection compatibility 320.1 3-4
16xSTM-1e 102.2 1-44 PDH gateway 102.7 2-12

Master index 4-17
circuit pack (continued) circuit pack (continued)

primary state, editing 310.1 1-65 SCMD4 100 GHz 102.6 1-120
provisioning shelf assignment 310.1 1-177
automatically 310.1 1-48 shelf assignments 310.1 1-177
provisioning manually 310.1 1-53 shelf processor 102.1 1-1
rebooting 543.1 2-30 SLA 102.6 1-13
reconfiguration SLIC10 102.4 1-101
40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-217 slot numbering 151 1-2
40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-217 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 102.6 1-130
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-217 SuperMux 102.5 3-1
removing 201.1 4-191 supported pluggable modules PG.3 7-3
replacing 545 2-193 supported SFP/XFP/DPO modules PG.3 7-3
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 545 2-75 testing
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 545 2-40 16xSTM-1e 221 6-25
20G L2SS circuit pack 545 2-44 1x10GE EPL 221 6-68
24x10/100BT circuit pack 545 2-51 20G L2SS 221 6-47
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 545 2-37 24x10/100BT 221 6-40
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 545 2-37 4xGE EPL 221 6-33
2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit DS3/E3 221 6-21
pack 545 2-28 DS3/EC-1 221 6-21
2xOSC circuit pack 545 2-82 E1 221 6-17
40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-93 L2SS 221 6-47
40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-93 PDH 221 6-55
40G XCIF circuit pack 545 2-56 RPR 221 6-64
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-93 SuperMux 221 6-71
48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack 545 2-54 TMUX 221 6-29
4xGE EPL circuit pack 545 2-40 TMUX 102.2 2-1
4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack 545 2-40 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD 102.4 1-1
63xE1 circuit pack 545 2-75 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 102.6 1-78
CCMD12 C-Band circuit pack 545 2-108 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 102.6 1-69
DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack 545 2-78 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 102.6 1-97
FGA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-84 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 102.6 1-88
L2SS circuit pack 545 2-44 Circuit pack 3rd Party - Pluggable alarm 543.1
OC-48/STM-16 DPO module 545 2-33 4-95
optical interface circuit pack 545 2-12 Circuit Pack Failed - Pluggable alarm 543.1 4-73
Passive Mux/Demux modules 545 2-104 Circuit Pack Failed - Sync alarm 543.1 4-75
PDH circuit pack 545 2-44 Circuit Pack Failed - Traffic alarm 543.1 4-75
RPR circuit pack 545 2-48 Circuit Pack Failed alarm 543.1 4-68
SCMD4 circuit pack 545 2-108 Circuit Pack Latch Open alarm 543.1 4-77
shelf processor 545 2-125 Circuit Pack Mate Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-78
SLA/MLA/MLA2/MLA2 w/VOA/MLA3/LIM Circuit Pack Mismatch - Pluggable alarm 543.1
amplifier circuit pack 545 2-84 4-84
SMD circuit pack 545 2-88 Circuit Pack Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-79
WSS 100GHz w/OPM C-band circuit Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable alarm 543.1
pack 545 2-88 4-94
WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band circuit Circuit Pack Missing alarm 543.1 4-85
pack 545 2-88 Circuit Pack Operational Capability Exceeded
reseating 545 2-6 alarm 543.1 4-96
restarting 543.1 2-30 Circuit Pack Unknown - Pluggable alarm 543.1
RPR 102.7 2-60 4-101

4-18 Master index
Circuit Pack Unknown alarm 543.1 4-98 CLI session

Circuit Pack Upgrade Failed alarm 543.1 4-103 clping 301 10-19
circuitless IP interface PG.4 9-308 coping 301 10-20
class of service customizing 301 10-13
overview 320.2 7-2, 320.2 8-2 netping 301 10-21
parameters 320.2 9-7 ping 301 10-22
parameters, displaying 320.2 9-4 retrieving
parameters, editing 320.2 9-5 forwarding database entries 301 10-15
class of service scheduler PG.2 5-12 NSAP address 301 10-18
overview 320.2 9-1 starting 301 10-8
parameters 320.2 9-7 telnet 301 10-23
CLE PG.1 3-88 traceroute 301 10-24
CLE hardware PG.1 3-88 CLI, see command line interface
cleaning Client Service Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-105
adapter 201.2 7-6 CLLI
CFP 201.2 7-11 editing 301 4-26
fiber 201.2 7-4 closing
optical connectors 201.2 7-6 CommLog terminal session 301 9-15
optical interface internal connectors 201.2 7-4 General Broadcast tool 301 9-16
SFP 201.2 7-11 terminal session 301 3-6, 301 3-7
XFP 201.2 7-11 TL1 Command Builder 301 9-3
cleaning connectors 201.2 7-1 clping
clear security alarms PG.2 5-22 CLI 301 10-19
clearing CMD44
alarms 221 2-52 adding 221 4-26
audible alarms 301 5-45, 543.1 2-39 installing 201.1 4-201
DOC alarms 310.2 9-10 reconfiguration 545 2-231
DOC logs 310.2 9-9 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-187
operational measurements counts 520 1-55 alarms 102.6 1-194
performance monitoring counts cross-connection rates 102.6 1-194
current 520 1-40 cross-connection types 102.6 1-194
history 520 1-40 equipping rules 102.6 1-195
PM counts technical specifications 102.6 1-196
untimed 520 1-42 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-197
untimed OTU 520 1-68 alarms 102.6 1-211
ring configuration information 320.1 1-19 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-209
security alarms 543.1 2-21 cross-connection types 102.6 1-209
CLI equipping rules 102.6 1-211
commands 301 10-15, 301 10-19, 301 10-20, technical specifications 102.6 1-212
301 10-21, 301 10-22, 301 10-23, 301 CMD44 module
10-24 optical specifications PG.3 8-261
help 301 10-4 replacing 545 2-97
keystroke navigation 301 10-5 CMF UPI Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-107
modes 301 10-3 CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical
notational conventions 301 10-3 Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100 GHz
overview 301 10-1 modules 102.6 1-246
remote login 301 10-11 CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter
security 301 10-2 (OMDF8) 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-249
tab completion 301 10-4 CN-51S-00 Optical Service Channel Filter (1-Ch
OSCF CWDM 1511 nm) 102.6 1-257

Master index 4-19
COLAN HERS (continued)

provisioning 221 2-31 editing 320.1 1-14
COLAN comms retrieving 320.1 1-6
DCN SP redundancy PG.4 9-47 MS-SPRing
COLAN-A OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
5-193 creating 320.1 1-7
COLAN-A Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-54 editing 320.1 1-14
COLAN-X OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 retrieving 320.1 1-6
5-193 configuration rules 151 1-1
COLAN-X Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-54 configurations
Cold Restart Required: FPGA Changed 1+1 ETS PG.2 4-7
alarm 543.1 4-109 1+1 linear PG.2 4-5
collector nodes 1+1 OTN PG.2 4-7
test access 310.2 6-6 1+1 TPT PG.2 4-7
Colorless OADM 14-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-47
testing 102.6 1-382, 221 4-77 2-Fiber BLSR PG.2 4-8
command line interface, overview PG.2 5-34 2-Fiber MS-SPRing PG.2 4-8
command line interface, see CLI 2-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-52
commercial and regulatory specifications PG.3 32-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-51
8-380 4-Fiber BLSR PG.2 4-9
commissioning and testing PG.2 5-4 4-Fiber HERS PG.2 4-9
commissioning, network element using Advanced 4-Fiber MS-SPRing PG.2 4-9
SAT 221 2-16 7-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-52
commissioning, network element using Basic bay PG.1 2-46
SAT 221 2-14 BLSR PG.2 4-8
CommLog 301 9-1 cooling PG.1 3-47
content, printing 301 9-15 Ethernet point-to-point PG.2 4-11
terminal session Layer 2 multipoint-to-multipoint PG.2 4-13
closing 301 9-15 Layer 2 point-to-point PG.2 4-13
starting 301 9-15 MSP linear PG.2 4-5
Common equipment MS-SPRing PG.2 4-8
overview PG.1 3-1 SNCP PG.2 4-10
comms setting management options 310.1 3-27 summary PG.1 2-84
communication cables (DSM), connecting 201.2 unidirectional, supporting unidirectional path
6-79 connections 320.1 3-8
communications management 310.1 3-1 unprotected PG.2 4-2
components UPSR PG.2 4-10
Fiber Manager configuring
DSCM into drop-in plate assembly 201.1 100GHz CMD44 point-to point terminal 221
4-207 4-100
Config Mismatch - LCAS alarm 543.1 4-110 OMD4 point-to-point terminal 221 4-104
configuration files OMX point-to-point terminal 221 4-104
BLSR remote CMD44 terminal 221 4-110
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 user account password requirements 301 2-44
creating 320.1 1-7 connecting
editing 320.1 1-14 air plenum ground cable 201.1 4-83
retrieving 320.1 1-6 alarm control cables (DSM) 201.2 6-79
HERS communication cables (DSM) 201.2 6-79
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 control and communications cables 201.1
creating 320.1 1-7 4-157

4-20 Master index
connecting (continued) connectivity provisioning PG.2 5-14

cooling unit ground cable 201.1 4-83 IP parameters 320.2 17-10
DS1 cables to the DSM 201.2 6-86 OAM parameters 320.2 17-9
fiber-optic cable to the optical interface 201.2 overview 320.2 17-1
5-39 parameters 320.2 17-9, 320.2 17-10
inter-NE fibers 221 4-95 connectivity testing
intra-NE fibers 221 4-4 IP address, editing 320.2 17-8
modem 201.2 5-68 connector, pinouts 102.1 3-61, PG.3 8-90
network element to DCN 221 2-54 Consolidated Alarms 543.1 2-13
OMX 16CH DWDM equipment drawers 201.2 consolidated alarms PG.2 5-21
6-35 consolidated node 301 1-2, 301 4-10, 301 4-13
OMX 4CH equipment drawers 201.2 6-30 adding member shelf 301 4-54
output power cables to 1U BIP/FIP 201.1 deleting member shelf 301 4-57
4-142 member shelf
power cables to 6500 shelf 201.1 4-136 primary state, changing 301 4-55
power cables to DSM shelf (OAM HW Rel 5 or control and communications cables,
earlier) 201.2 6-66 connecting 201.1 4-157
power cables to DSM shelf (OAM HW Rel 6 or control frame profile
later) 201.2 6-73 20G L2SS 310.1 1-300
rack ground to office ground 201.1 4-32 L2SS 310.1 1-300
shelf ground cable 201.1 4-83 PDH gateway 310.1 1-300
terminal 201.2 5-68 RPR 310.1 1-301
connecting craft PC 221 2-5 Converged shelf components PG.1 3-13
Connecting the DS1 service module to the 14-slot converting
shelf 201.2 6-92 1+1 linear with DSM endpoint to UPSR 310.2
Connection and bandwidth management 7-109
count path connections PG.2 5-9 cooling configurations PG.1 3-47
connection and bandwidth management PG.2 cooling fan module, replacing 545 2-164
5-9 cooling unit assembly
connection blocking 320.1 3-10 grounding 201.1 4-83
connection data installing 201.1 4-83
adding 301 5-43 replacing 545 2-157
deleting 301 5-43 coping
filtering 301 5-43 CLI 301 10-20
connection ID copying
Photonic connections 320.1 5-11 DOC logs 310.2 9-6
connections inventory information 310.1 2-5
path 320.1 3-1 PM profiles 520 1-61
connectivity 301 10-19, 301 10-20, 301 10-21, PM threshold profiles 520 1-61
301 10-22 SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-56
external DCN Corrupt Inventory Data alarm 543.1 4-112
external IP address model PG.4 9-49 count path connections 320.1 3-31, PG.2 5-9
OAM parameters, provisioning 320.2 17-5 parameters 320.1 3-199
parameters, viewing 320.2 17-4 CP Loss of Host Timing Ref. alarm 543.1 4-117
private DCN CPE Discovery Protocol Fail alarm 543.1 4-115
private IP address model PG.4 9-50 CPL and 6500
public DCN interworking PG.4 9-233
public IP address model PG.4 9-49 CPU2 Unreachable alarm 543.1 4-118
craft access

Master index 4-21
Craft Load Missing alarm 543.1 4-119 cross-connect circuit pack (continued)
Craft Load Unpacking Aborted - Low Disk Space latency 102.1 2-34
alarm 543.1 4-120 protection 310.2 7-3
craft OSPF/IISIS reconfiguration 545 2-198
provisioning 221 2-51 replacing 545 2-66
creating technical specifications 102.1 2-33
bandwidth profiles 320.2 11-6 cross-connect circuit packs
BLSR roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.1
ring configuration files 320.1 1-7 2-36
ring configurations 320.1 1-7 Cross-connect Error alarm 543.1 4-125
BLSR ring map 320.1 2-13 Cross-connection Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-121
HERS cross-connection rates
ring configuration files 320.1 1-7 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-10
ring configurations 320.1 1-7 (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-81
HERS ring map 320.1 2-13 100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-38
MS-SPRing 100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-13
ring configuration files 320.1 1-7 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit
ring configurations 320.1 1-7 pack 102.4 2-13
MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-13 100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-38
passive configuration on 2-slot shelf 102.6 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5
1-426, 102.6 1-428, 221 5-15, 221 5-17 4-6
passive OTS, amplifier 102.6 1-423, 221 5-12 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-6
passive OTS, channel access 102.6 1-418, 10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-18
221 5-8 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-32
queue group drop profiles 320.3 21-5 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-19
queue group profiles 320.3 20-6 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-59
queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 22-5 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-59
receive class of service profiles 320.2 7-6 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-63
ring map 320.1 2-13 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-48
ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-18, 320.3 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16
25-24 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-13
ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-13 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-5
ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-35, 320.3 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-31
25-44 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-29
ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-30 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-37
script 301 9-6 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-24
test access session (TAS) 310.2 6-19 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-38
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 8-6 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-37
tunnel endpoint 320.2 12-33 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-45
tunnel endpoint map 320.2 13-30 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-29
tunnel segment 320.2 12-28 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-9
VCE 320.2 12-18 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-73
VCS 320.2 12-11 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-59
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 12-18 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7
virtual circuit endpoint map 320.2 13-15 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5
virtual circuit segment 320.2 12-11 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-50
cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-1 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-10
alarms 102.1 2-24 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-142
compatibility 320.1 3-4 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-194
equipping rules 102.1 2-28 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-209

4-22 Master index
cross-connection rates (continued) cross-connection types (continued)

DSM 102.2 1-59 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-73
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-39 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-59
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-45 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-6 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-62 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-49
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-27 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-9
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-39 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-142
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-39 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-194
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-51 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-209
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit DSM 102.2 1-59
pack 102.1 2-22 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-39
OME1110 250 1-6 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-5
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-17 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-62
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-63 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-27
SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-124 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-39
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-16 MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-39
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-16 MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-51
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6 multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.1 2-22
pack 102.4 1-9 OME1110 250 1-6
cross-connection types PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-17
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-9 SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-124
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-81 SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-16
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-37 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-15
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-13 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
2-13 pack 102.4 1-9
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-37 Crossed Fibers Suspected alarm 543.1 4-126
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 CSA 301 2-64
4-6 details, retrieving 301 2-63
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-6 RADIUS proxy server
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-18 provisioning 301 2-74
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-32 RADIUS server
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-18 provisioning 301 2-65
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-59 shared secret, changing 301 2-71
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-59 customizing
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-63 CLI session 301 10-13
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-47 CWDM pluggable optics (SFP) 151 3-74, 151
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16 3-77
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-13
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-5
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-29
D
data circuit packs
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-37
optical interface, ordering 151 3-21
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-24
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-38
5-25, 102.7 1-59
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-37
data communication channel, see DCC
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-45
data communications PG.2 5-24
data communications, see DCN
40G OCLI circuit pack 102.4 1-29

Master index 4-23
data services PG.2 5-11 DBRS

data services activation setup IP routing protocols PG.4 9-79
overview 320.2 10-1 DCC
data services bandwidth profiles protection PG.4 9-224
overview 320.2 11-1 DCC interworking
data services endpoint management IP-managed network elements PG.4 9-222
overview 320.2 13-1 OSI-managed network elements PG.4 9-222,
data services endpoint mappings PG.4 9-223
overview 320.2 14-1 DCC Link Fail alarms 543.1 4-145
data services Ethernet OAM provisioning DCC parameters
overview 320.3 26-1 provisioning 221 2-38
data services G.8032 ERP management DCC transparency 310.1 3-10, PG.4 9-229
overview 320.3 25-1 interworking requirements PG.4 9-231
data services queue group drop profiles limitations PG.4 9-231
overview 320.3 21-1 DCN
data services queue group profiles 6500 NE
overview 320.3 20-1 data communication interfaces PG.4 9-3
data services segment management host-only mode PG.4 9-8
overview 320.2 12-1 internal routing protocols PG.4 9-21
database internal SNTP Client/Server PG.4 9-37
change events, allowing 543.1 2-20 IP Addressing PG.4 9-32
change events, inhibiting 543.1 2-20 non-routing mode PG.4 9-21
forwarding 320.2 18-1 secure HTTP PG.4 9-37
Database Auto Save in Progress alarm 543.1 single public IP PG.4 9-32
4-127 supported protocols PG.4 9-37
database backup 301 6-3 ARP proxy 310.1 3-8
Database Commit Failed alarm 543.1 4-142 ARP proxy parameters 310.1 3-49
Database Integrity Fail - CPU2 alarm 543.1 4-129 ARP table parameters 310.1 3-49
Database Integrity Fail alarm 543.1 4-128 communication interfaces for accessing remote
Database Not Recovered For Slot alarm 543.1 sites PG.4 9-9
4-130 database replication services,
Database Recovery Incomplete alarm 543.1 parameters 310.1 3-64
4-131 design examples PG.4 9-85
database replication DHCP parameters 310.1 3-65
adding entry 310.1 3-18 DHCP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-38
deleting entry 310.1 3-20 DSM OAM comms 310.1 3-8
editing 310.1 3-16 DSM OAM link parameters 310.1 3-50
Database Replication Service PG.4 9-79 engineering guidelines PG.4 9-289
database replication services design bandwidth requirements PG.4 9-291
parameters 310.1 3-64 external connectivity
Database Restore Failed alarm 543.1 4-139 external IP address model PG.4 9-49
Database Restore in Progress alarm 543.1 4-133 firewalls PG.4 9-282
Database Save and Restore Failed alarm 543.1 FTP parameters 310.1 3-66
4-134 FTP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-39
Database Save Failed alarm 543.1 4-137 gateway network element, provisioning PG.4
Database Save in Progress alarm 543.1 4-144 9-68
date GNE parameters 310.1 3-51
editing 301 4-26 GRE parameters 310.1 3-52
date and time GRE provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-43

4-24 Master index
DCN (continued) DCN (continued)

host-only mode provisioning guidelines PG.4 serial/RS-232 ports
9-8 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-8
HTTP/HTTPS, parameters 310.1 3-67 settings
IISIS circuit parameters 310.1 3-29 adding an entry 310.1 3-18
IISIS circuit provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-22 deleting an entry 310.1 3-20
IISIS router parameters 310.1 3-31 editing 310.1 3-16
IISIS router provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-22 retrieving 310.1 3-15
IISIS routing table parameters 310.1 3-47 SFTP PG.4 9-39
interfaces 310.1 3-4 SP redundancy PG.4 9-45
IP addressing PG.4 9-305 COLAN comms PG.4 9-47
IP masks PG.4 9-305 craft communications PG.4 9-47
IP parameters 310.1 3-53 SSH, parameters 310.1 3-67
IP routing table parameters 310.1 3-47 static NAT 310.1 3-8
IP static route parameters 310.1 3-32 static NAT parameters 310.1 3-34
IP static route provisioning guidelines PG.4 TARP 310.1 3-8
9-31 Telnet provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-42
LAN parameters 310.1 3-54 Telnet, parameters 310.1 3-66
LAN ports provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-4 TL1 gateway connections parameters 310.1
lower layer DCC/GCC parameters 310.1 3-56 3-63
NAT, parameters 310.1 3-68 tools 310.1 3-22
Non-routing mode provisioning troubleshooting PG.4 9-288
guidelines PG.4 9-21 upper layer DCC parameters 310.1 3-44
options 310.1 3-27 visible NE information parameters 310.1 3-46
OSPF circuit parameters 310.1 3-36 DCN examples
OSPF circuit provisioning guidelines PG.4 6500 GNE configuration
9-28 individual LAN drops from customer
OSPF database reduction parameters 310.1 DCN PG.4 9-95
3-35 redundant ARP GNE configuration PG.4
OSPF router parameters 310.1 3-39 9-135
OSPF router provisioning guidelines PG.4 redundant NAT GNE configuration PG.4
9-27 9-144
overview 310.1 3-1 redundant OSPF GNE configuration (each
planning PG.4 9-1 GNE in different OSPF area) PG.4 9-100
port filter, parameters 310.1 3-41 redundant OSPF GNE configuration (GNEs
PPP parameters 310.1 3-61 in same OSPF area) PG.4 9-107
PPP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-42 redundant OSPF GNE configuration (using
preserve comms data option PG.4 9-324 tunnels on DCN) PG.4 9-116
private connectivity redundant private IP addressing PG.4
private IP address model PG.4 9-50 9-159
provisioning 310.1 3-1 standalone ARP GNE configuration PG.4
public connectivity 9-124
public IP address model PG.4 9-49 standalone ARP GNE with numbered ILAN
RADIUS gateway PG.4 9-52 interface PG.4 9-131
Reverse Port NAT PG.4 9-52 standalone private IP addressing PG.4
reverse port NAT, parameters 310.1 3-34 9-152
secure shell PG.4 9-39 standalone private IP with COLAN-X and
security enhancement PG.4 9-284 COLAN-A enabled using IPDGD PG.4
serial/RS-232 parameters 310.1 3-62 9-166

Master index 4-25
6500 GNE configuration (continued) deleting (continued)

standalone static GNE configuration PG.4 BLSR
9-88 ring configuration files 320.1 1-23
6500/HDX interworking using HDX DCC BLSR ring map 320.1 2-19
transparency and multiple OSI circuit pack 310.1 1-68
areas PG.4 9-209 database replication entry 310.1 3-20
auto-tunneling PG.4 9-206 DCN settings entry 310.1 3-20
DBRS use in a mesh network PG.4 9-219 ETH facility from LAG 310.1 1-122
management of 6500 through non-6500 ETH100 facility from LAG 310.1 1-122
network element PG.4 9-190 ETH10G facility from LAG 310.1 1-122
management of OM3500 through 6500 PG.4 EVPL connections 320.1 6-11
9-195 expansion pack load 301 7-31
management of OM3500 through 6500 using facility from equipment 310.1 1-118
GRE tunnel PG.4 9-201 GNE entry 310.1 3-20
management of OM4000 through 6500 with IP GRE entry 310.1 3-20
only external DCN PG.4 9-185 HERS
using OSPF with two 6500 gateway network ring configuration files 320.1 1-23
elements connected to OSPF backbone HERS ring map 320.1 2-19
with collocated CPL network IISIS circuit entry 310.1 3-20
elements PG.4 9-211 IISIS router entry 310.1 3-20
using single 6500 GNE with IISIS through 6500 invalid password list entry 301 2-52
network to reach remote 6130 network IP Static Route entry 310.1 3-20
elements PG.4 9-173 LAN entry 310.1 3-20
using single 6500 GNE with IISIS to reach login profile 301 1-51
remote 6130 network elements in a lower layer DCC/GCC entry 310.1 3-20
SNCP/UPSR ring configuration with maintenance association 320.3 26-22
generic SDH/SONET equipment PG.4 maintenance domain 320.3 26-14
9-179 maintenance end point 320.3 26-37
voice over IP orderwire PG.4 9-215 maintenance intermediate point 320.3 26-27
DCN provisioning rules member shelf from a consolidated node 301
general PG.4 9-65 4-57
route redistribution and summarization PG.4 MS-SPRing
9-66 ring configuration files 320.1 1-23
deactivating MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-19
incremental expansion pack load 301 8-13 NAT entry 310.1 3-20
Debug Port in Use alarm 543.1 4-151 node from a login profile 301 1-57
debug port login node to navigation tree 301 1-62
authentication settings 301 2-62 ODU connections 320.1 4-17
default SNMP community name optical channels 221 7-22, 221 7-27
adding 310.2 4-24 optical connection 301 5-43
defect OSPF circuit entry 310.1 3-20
displaying 320.3 26-49 OSPF router entry 310.1 3-20
defining OTS instance 310.2 8-8
direct cable (RS-232) settings 301 1-31 path connection 320.1 3-53
modem settings 301 1-29 Photonic connection 301 5-43
site address for a DSM 310.1 1-64 Photonic connections 320.1 5-17
deleting pluggable 310.1 1-68
ARP proxy entry 310.1 3-20 port filter 310.1 3-20
ARP table entry 310.1 3-20 queue group drop profiles 320.3 21-8
bandwidth profiles 320.2 11-11 queue group profiles 320.3 20-13

4-26 Master index
deleting (continued) DIA

queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 22-9 testing 221 4-68
receive class of service profiles 320.2 7-9 dialup connectivity
release server 301 7-27 remote support PG.4 9-281
remote maintenance end point 320.3 26-43 Differential Provisioning PG.2 5-18
remote NE from span of control 301 4-66 differential provisioning
resilient packet ring 320.2 15-10 editing entries 310.2 11-4
resilient packet ring protection 320.2 15-14 overview 310.2 11-1
reverse port NAT 310.1 3-20 retrieving 310.2 11-3
ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-21, 320.3 direct cable (RS-232), defining settings 301 1-31
25-26 Direction Independent Access. See DIA
ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-16 disabling
ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-39, 320.3 alarm point status 543.1 2-23
25-46 auto-equipping 221 2-19, 301 5-48
ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-33 intrusion attempt handling 301 2-60
RPR 320.2 15-10 IP access control list 301 2-82
RPR protection 320.2 15-14 local user 301 2-6
shelf provisioning, all 301 4-43 RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-68
SNMP alarmModelTable row 310.2 4-38 SNMP agent 310.2 4-10
SNMP community name 310.2 4-32 SNMP proxy 310.2 4-10
SNMP group mapping 310.2 4-20 synchronization status message (SSM) 310.2
SNMP trap destinations 310.2 4-12 5-9
SNMP user groups 310.2 4-22 user account 301 2-6, 301 2-41
SNMP USM user 310.2 4-15 disabling, performance monitoring 520 1-25
SNMP views 310.2 4-18 disconnecting
software load 301 7-22 fiber-optic cable from the optical
SPLI entries 301 4-64 interface 201.2 5-39
static entries 320.2 18-14 from a network element 301 1-61
static NAT entry 310.1 3-20 Disk 75 percent Full alarm 543.1 4-152
time of day server 301 4-60 Disk 90 percent Full alarm 543.1 4-152
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 8-9 Disk Full alarm 543.1 4-153
tunnel endpoint 320.2 12-37, 320.2 13-28 Disk Full alarms 543.1 4-152
tunnel endpoint maps 320.2 13-34, 320.2 DISP facility
14-10 editing 310.1 1-112
tunnel segment 320.2 12-31 parameters 310.1 1-405
upper layer DCC entry 310.1 3-20 dispersion range, displaying 310.1 1-150
user account 301 2-39 dispersion scan, manual 310.1 1-148
VCE 320.2 12-24, 320.2 13-13 displaying 301 5-39, 320.2 9-4
VCS 320.2 12-16 adjacencies 301 5-39
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 12-24, 320.2 DCN settings 310.1 3-15
13-13 defect information 320.3 26-49
virtual circuit endpoint map 320.2 13-20 dispersion ranges 310.1 1-150
virtual circuit endpoint maps 320.2 14-5 DOC, logs 310.2 9-5
virtual circuit segment 320.2 12-16 equipment 301 5-39
deprovisioning equipment mode 301 5-35, 301 5-36
test access channel (TAC) 310.2 6-18 facility 301 5-39
test access port (TAP) 310.2 6-16 facility inventory 310.1 2-4
DHCP forwarding database information 320.2 18-5
parameters 310.1 3-65 G.8032 ERP node information 320.3 23-4
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-38 intrusion attempt handling details 301 2-59

Master index 4-27
displaying (continued) DOC Action: Channel Delete In Progress

invalid password 301 2-50 alarm 543.1 4-155
link trace information 320.3 26-45 DOC Action: Fault Detected alarm 543.1 4-168
login banner 301 4-21 DOC Consecutive Re-Opt Threshold Crossed
member shelf information of a consolidated alarm 543.1 4-172
node 301 4-53 DOC Domain Not Optimized alarm 543.1 4-175
nodal member parameters 301 4-21 DOC Invalid Photonic Domain alarm 543.1 4-177
nodal shelf parameters 301 4-21 documentation, ordering 151 5-11
nodal system parameters 301 4-21 Domain Optical Controller Disabled alarm 543.1
node information 301 4-21 4-182
optical power ranges 310.1 1-150 Domain Optical Controller (DOC) PG.2 5-18
OTS instance 301 5-39 Domain optical Controller (DOC) PG.2 5-18
port graphics 301 5-36 Dormant Account Detected alarm 543.1 4-198
protection groups 301 5-39 DPO
ring information 320.2 16-3 shelf assignment 310.1 1-177
RPR fairness details 320.2 15-5 DPO module
RPR protection (span) details 320.2 15-5 supported, by circuit pack PG.3 7-3
RPR quality of service details 320.2 15-5 drop-and-continue
shelf graphics 301 5-35 path connection
shelf inventory 310.1 2-3 BLSR 320.1 3-89
test access channel (TAC) 310.2 6-12 HERS 320.1 3-89
test access port (TAP) 310.2 6-12 MS-SPRing 320.1 3-89
test access session (TAS) 310.2 6-12 DS1
time of day parameters 301 4-21 electrical specifications PG.3 8-372
TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-146 installation
user account details 301 2-30 installing and removing DS1 front
wavelength ranges 310.1 1-150 cover 201.2 6-95
DOC DS1 broadcast
channel parameters 310.2 9-17 path connection
clearing alarms 310.2 9-10 provisioning 320.1 3-137
clearing logs 310.2 9-9 DS1 cable PG.3 8-117
copying logs 310.2 9-6 ordering 151 4-24
displaying logs 310.2 9-5 pinout PG.3 8-118
editing setting 310.2 9-15 routing 201.2 6-87
overview 310.2 9-1 DS1 cables 102.2 1-73
re-optimizing channels 310.2 9-11 pinout 102.2 1-74
resetting TCA baselines 310.2 9-7 DS1 facility
retrieving summary 310.2 9-4 editing 310.1 1-112
settings parameters 310.2 9-20 parameters 310.1 1-302
stopping action 310.2 9-12 DS1 mapping 320.1 3-14
summary parameters 310.2 9-17 DS1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-183
viewing DOC Trail 310.2 9-13 DS1 service module
viewing NE Trail 310.2 9-14 testing 221 6-13
DOC Action Failed: Add alarm 543.1 4-156 DS1 service module (DSM)
DOC Action Failed: Delete alarm 543.1 4-159 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-11
DOC Action Failed: Monitor alarm 543.1 4-162 DS1DS3 facility
DOC Action Failed: Optimize alarm 543.1 4-165 parameters 310.1 1-310
DOC Action: Channel Add In Progress DS1WAN facility
alarm 543.1 4-154 parameters 310.1 1-315

4-28 Master index
DS3 DSM (continued)

electrical specifications PG.3 8-373 provisioning manually 310.1 1-60
DS3 cable PG.3 8-119 technical specifications 102.2 1-70
ordering 151 4-24 DSM 84xDS1 termination module (TM)
DS3 cables 102.2 1-31, 102.2 1-43 inserting 201.2 6-88
DS3 facility removing 201.2 6-88
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-12, 543.1 3-13 replacing 545 2-78
editing 310.1 1-112 DSM breaker interface panel
parameters 310.1 1-306, 310.1 1-310 installing 201.2 6-53
DS3 Receive alarms 543.1 4-190 DSM OAM comms 310.1 3-8
DS3/E3 circuit pack DSM OAM link
testing 221 6-21 editing 310.1 3-16
DS3/E3/EC-1 parameters 310.1 3-50
I/O panels 102.2 1-81 DSM shelf 102.2 1-54
DS3/E3/EC-1 I/O panel DSM-Host Misconnection alarm 543.1 4-199
replacing 545 2-137 DSM-OAM adapter module, replacing 545 2-153
DS3/EC-1 circuit pack Duplicate Adjacency Discovered alarm 543.1
protection 310.2 7-4 4-202
testing 221 6-21 Duplicate IP Address alarm 543.1 4-203
DS3WAN facility Duplicate Primary Shelf alarm 543.1 4-205
parameters 310.1 1-315 Duplicate Shelf Detected alarm 543.1 4-207
DSCM 102.6 1-259 Duplicate Site ID alarm 543.1 4-209
See also PECs DWDM pluggable optics (SFP) 151 3-74
installing into Fiber Manager 201.1 4-207 DWDM pluggable optics (XFP) 102.7 2-47, 151
DSCM circuit pack 3-61
latency 102.6 1-233 dynamic entries 320.2 18-16
DSCM module 102.6 1-227 Dynamic NAT
alarms 102.6 1-230 provisioning 221 2-35
replacing 545 2-118, 545 2-122
E
E1
electrical specifications PG.3 8-371, PG.3
DSM
8-374
alarms 102.2 1-60
I/O panel 102.2 1-75
port mappings 102.2 1-17, PG.3 8-115
E1 cable PG.3 8-110
defining site address 310.1 1-64
120 ohm pinout 102.2 1-16, PG.3 8-114
editing site address 310.1 1-64
75 ohm pinout 102.2 1-14, PG.3 8-112
ordering 151 4-22
fan module
E1 cables 102.2 1-12
replacing 545 2-170
E1 circuit pack
installation
protection 310.2 7-4
connecting power cables to DSM shelf (OAM
testing 221 6-17
HW Rel 5 or earlier) 201.2 6-66
E1 facility
connecting power cables to DSM shelf (OAM
editing 310.1 1-112
HW Rel 6 or later) 201.2 6-73
parameters 310.1 1-308
installing the DSM shelf 201.2 6-60
E1 hardware
ordering 151 3-85
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-14
provisioning automatically 310.1 1-56

Master index 4-29
E1 I/O module in a Metro front electrical shelf, editing (continued)

replacing 545 2-143 Automatic In-Service (AINS) default
E1 I/O panel, replacing 545 2-145 period 301 4-37
E1 line bandwidth profiles 320.2 11-8
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-14 banner 301 4-23
E1 mapping 320.1 3-14 banner type 301 4-23
E1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-211 BLSR
E1 Transmit alarms 543.1 4-216 ring configuration files 320.1 1-14
E1DS3 facility BLSR configuration 320.1 2-14
parameters 310.1 1-310 CHC facility 310.1 1-112
E1WAN facility communications settings 310.1 3-16
parameters 310.1 1-315 database replication 310.1 3-16
E3 date and time 301 4-26
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-15, 543.1 3-16 differential provisioning entries 310.2 11-4
E3 cable PG.3 8-119 DISP facility 310.1 1-112
ordering 151 4-24 DOC setting 310.2 9-15
E3 cables 102.2 1-31, 102.2 1-43 DS1 facility 310.1 1-112
E3 facility DS3 facility 310.1 1-112
parameters 310.1 1-309 DSM OAM link 310.1 3-16
E3 Receive alarms 543.1 4-190 E1 facility 310.1 1-112
E3, electrical specifications PG.3 8-372 EC-1 facility 310.1 1-112
E3WAN facility ETH10G facility 310.1 1-112
parameters 310.1 1-315 Ether type, L2MOTR equipment 310.1 1-81
EC-1 cable PG.3 8-119 Ethernet facility 310.1 1-112
ordering 151 4-24 EVPL connections 320.1 6-10
EC-1 cables 102.2 1-31, 102.2 1-43 facility parameters 310.1 1-112
EC-1 facility facility primary state 310.1 1-108
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-17 FLEX facility 310.1 1-112
editing 310.1 1-112 FTP 310.1 3-16
parameters 310.1 1-307 HCCS reference attribute 520 1-70
EC-1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-223 HERS
EC-1, electrical specifications PG.3 8-373 ring configuration files 320.1 1-14
echotest HERS configuration 320.1 2-14
operating or releasing OAM messages 320.2 HTTP/HTTPS 310.1 3-16
17-7 I/O carrier, 20G L2SS circuit pack 310.1 1-79
eCMD44 IP 310.1 3-16
installing 201.1 4-201 LAN 310.1 3-16
eCMD44 module logical shelf number 301 4-50
replacing 545 2-97 login banner 301 4-23
editing 320.2 9-5 login profile 301 1-50
2.5G MOTR equipment profile 310.1 1-71 lower layer DCC/GCC 310.1 3-16
40G XCIF equipment mode 310.1 1-71 maintenance association 320.3 26-20
account dormancy defaults 301 2-42 maintenance domain 320.3 26-12
ADJ (TXRX) facility 310.1 1-112 maintenance end point 320.3 26-34
ADJ-FIBER facility 310.1 1-112 map mode, 10/100BT EPL circuit pack 310.1
ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX facility 310.1 1-112 1-77
alarm profiles 543.1 2-23 map mode, 20G L2SS circuit pack 310.1 1-79
alarm severity 543.1 2-23 member shelf, primary state 301 4-55
AMP facility 310.1 1-112 monitor mode 520 1-65
ARP table 310.1 3-16

4-30 Master index
editing (continued) editing (continued)

MS-SPRing ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-31
ring configuration files 320.1 1-14 RPR 320.2 15-8
MS-SPRing configuration 320.1 2-14 RPR protection 320.2 15-13
NAT 310.1 3-16 script 301 9-11
network element section trace 310.1 1-152
CLLI 301 4-26 signal label 310.1 1-158
name 301 4-26 simultaneous login limit defaults 301 2-42
TID 301 4-26 site address for a DSM 310.1 1-64
network element mode 301 4-26 SNMP community name 310.2 4-29
nodal shelf parameters 301 4-38 SNMP group mapping 310.2 4-20
nodal system parameters 301 4-33 SNMP trap destinations 310.2 4-12
node in a login profile 301 1-56 SNMP user groups 310.2 4-22
OC3 (DS1TM) facility 310.1 1-112 SNMP USM user 310.2 4-15
OCn facility 310.1 1-112 SSH 310.1 3-16
ODU connections 320.1 4-16 SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-54
OPTMON facility 310.1 1-112 STMn facility 310.1 1-112
OSC facility 310.1 1-112 SuperMux equipment mode 310.1 1-71
OTMn facility 310.1 1-112 SuperMux equipment profile 310.1 1-71
OTS instance 310.2 8-6 system MIB contact 310.2 4-41
OTS parameters 310.2 8-17 system MIB location 310.2 4-41
OTU HCCS reference attribute 520 1-70 system MIB name 310.2 4-41
password 301 2-49 Telnet 310.1 3-16
defaults 301 2-42 time of day
path connection 320.1 3-51 polling interval 301 4-59
path trace 310.1 1-158 server 301 4-60
PM profiles 520 1-59 status 301 4-59
PM threshold profiles 520 1-59 TL1 commands 301 9-4
PPP 310.1 3-16 TL1 gateway parameters 301 4-58
protection parameters TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-146
electrical equipment 310.2 7-108 trail trace 310.1 1-155
optical equipment 310.2 7-103 transmit class of service profiles 320.2 8-7
optical facilities 310.2 7-103 tunnel endpoint 320.2 12-35, 320.2 13-26
protection scheme tunnel endpoint map 320.2 13-32, 320.2 14-8
electrical equipment 310.2 7-105 tunnel segment 320.2 12-29, 320.2 13-36
optical equipment 310.2 7-93 user account 301 2-35
optical facilities 310.2 7-93 user defaults 301 2-42
provisioned PEC 310.1 1-71 user profile 301 2-35
queue group drop profiles 320.3 21-6 user defaults 301 2-42
queue group profiles 320.3 20-8 VCE 320.2 12-21, 320.2 13-10
queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 22-6 VCS 320.2 12-13, 320.2 13-22
receive class of service profiles 320.2 7-7 views 310.2 4-18
resilient packet ring 320.2 15-8 virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 12-21, 320.2
resilient packet ring protection 320.2 15-13 13-10
ring map 320.1 2-14 virtual circuit segment 320.2 12-13, 320.2
ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-19, 320.3 13-22
25-25 WAN configuration, 20G L2SS circuit
ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-14 pack 310.1 1-79
ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-37, 320.3 WAN facility 310.1 1-112
25-45 warning message 301 4-23

Master index 4-31
EFM remote loopback 310.1 1-124 engineering guidelines (continued)

electrical cables, routing 201.2 5-31 TID consolidation PG.4 9-73
Electrical circuit packs engineering recommendations, site 151 1-110
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.2 engineering rules
1-92 OMX 151 1-127
electrical I/O cable ordering 151 1-1
routing 201.2 5-20 Enhanced CMD44 50 GHz module
electrical I/O hardware, installing 201.2 5-5 performance monitoring 102.6 1-209
electrical interface area enhanced CMD44 module
hardware performance monitoring, optical monitoring
ordering 151 3-82 points 520 1-150
electrical specifications PG.3 8-370 Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-17
2.048 MHz PG.3 8-371 equipping rules 102.1 4-27
6.312 MHz PG.3 8-370 technical specifications 102.1 4-27
64 kHz Composite Clock (64K CC) PG.3 8-370 Enhanced trunk switch (ETS)
DS1 PG.3 8-372 specifications PG.3 8-363
DS3 PG.3 8-373 entries
E1 PG.3 8-371, PG.3 8-374 dynamic 320.2 18-16
E3 PG.3 8-372 flushing from forwarding databases 320.2 18-7
EC-1 PG.3 8-373 static 320.2 18-16, 320.2 18-22
STM-1e PG.3 8-373 static, adding to forwarding database 320.2
electromagnetic specifications PG.3 8-378 18-13
enabling static, deleting from forwarding database 320.2
alarm point status 543.1 2-23 18-14
auto-equipping 221 2-19, 301 5-48 ENUT
intrusion attempt handling 301 2-60 protection switching 310.2 7-70
IP access control list 301 2-82 environmental specifications PG.3 8-375
RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-68 equalizing
SNMP agent 310.2 4-10 passive OTS network 221 5-18
SNMP authentication failure trap 310.2 4-44 equipment 151 3-57
SNMP proxy 310.2 4-10 adding 301 5-37
user account 301 2-40 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-10
enabling, performance monitoring 520 1-25 circuit packs
endpoint management PG.2 5-13 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-7
endpoint map details, retrieving 310.1 1-47
tunnel, creating 320.2 13-30 displaying 301 5-39
tunnel, editing 320.2 13-32, 320.2 14-8 editing 301 5-37
virtual circuit, creating 320.2 13-15 provisioned PEC 310.1 1-71
virtual circuit, deleting 320.2 13-20 facility
endpoint mapping adding 310.1 1-82
parameters 320.2 14-12 delete from equipment 310.1 1-118
tunnel parameters 320.2 13-60, 320.2 14-19 management 310.1 1-5
virtual circuit parameters 320.2 13-46 non-provisionable 310.1 1-5
endpoint mappings PG.2 5-14 parameters 310.1 1-177, 310.1 1-186
endpoint maps primary state 310.1 1-185
tunnel, deleting 320.2 13-34, 320.2 14-10 protection 310.2 7-2
engineering guidelines provisionable 310.1 1-5
DCN PG.4 9-289 secondary state 310.1 1-185
design bandwidth requirements PG.4 9-291 equipment and facility provisioning
synchronization mixed timing 310.2 5-17 overview 310.1 1-1

4-32 Master index
equipment and traffic protection PG.2 5-30 equipping rules (continued)

Equipment Configuration Mismatch alarm 543.1 BMD-2 module 102.6 1-225
4-228 breaker interface panel 102.1 3-14
equipment management PG.2 5-6 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-144
equipment mode parameters 310.1 1-188 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-195
equipment mode, displaying 301 5-35, 301 5-36 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-211
Equipment OOS with Subtending Facilities IS cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-28
alarm 543.1 4-231 DSCM module 102.6 1-230
Equipment Reconfiguration In Progress DSM 102.2 1-63
alarm 543.1 4-233 Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-27
equipping rules FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-241
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR with XFP circuit FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-47
pack 102.5 5-17 fuse interface panel 102.1 3-14
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-89 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-52
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-41 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-10
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-16 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-66
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-60
2-16 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-31
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-41 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-43
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-55
4-11 OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-220
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-10 OME1110 250 1-11
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-37 OMX module 102.6 1-166
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-23 OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-98
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-64 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-22
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-64 Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-268
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-70 power input cards 102.1 3-39
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-50 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-67
1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-43 SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-127
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-18 shelf 151 1-63
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-17 shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-16
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-10 SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-20
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-36 SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-106
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-33 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-137
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-39 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-25
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-27 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-8
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-118 Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-12
2xOC48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-42 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-8 pack 102.4 1-11
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-51 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-34 1-85
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-11 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-75 1-75
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-62 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-10 1-108
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-7 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-53 1-95
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-17 error alarms (Ethernet) 543.1 4-234
access panels 102.1 3-55 error alarms (OC/STM) 543.1 4-240
bay 151 1-49 error alarms (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-240

Master index 4-33
error alarms (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-240 Ethernet OAM maintenance intermediate points
error alarms (WAN) 543.1 4-234 retrieving 320.3 26-24
error alarms FLEX 543.1 4-234 Ethernet OAM provisioning PG.2 5-16
ESCON SFP module Ethernet OAM remote maintenance end points
optical specifications PG.3 8-214 retrieving 320.3 26-39
ESI alarms 543.1 4-249 Ethernet point-to-point configuration PG.2 4-11
E-SPRing Ethernet RJ-45 cable
overview 310.2 7-86 assembly 201.2 8-4
E-SPRing configuration pinout 201.2 8-4
provisioning 310.2 7-86 event
E-SPRing management PG.2 5-16 active events, viewing 543.1 1-21, 543.1 1-23
E-SPRing node information PG.2 5-16 autonomous messages 543.1 2-5
ETH details, retrieving 543.1 2-15
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-24 filtering 543.1 2-15
ETH facility procedures 543.1 2-10
adding to LAG 310.1 1-105 retrieving 543.1 2-15
delete from LAG 310.1 1-122 sorting 543.1 2-15
deleting from LAG 310.1 1-122 updating 543.1 2-15
parameters 310.1 1-205 Event Log full alarm 543.1 4-255
ETH LAN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-55 EVPL connection
ETH100 types 320.1 6-3
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-24 EVPL connections PG.2 5-10
ETH100 facility 2WAY bidirectional 320.1 6-3
adding to LAG 310.1 1-105 adding 320.1 6-8
deleting from LAG 310.1 1-122 deleting 320.1 6-11
parameters 310.1 1-205 editing 320.1 6-10
ETH100G facility overview 320.1 6-1
parameters 310.1 1-205 parameters 320.1 6-12
ETH10G facility retrieving 320.1 6-6
adding to LAG 310.1 1-105 Excessive Error Rate (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-243
delete from LAG 310.1 1-122 Excessive Error Rate (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-243
deleting from LAG 310.1 1-122 Excessive Error Ratio (ETH) alarm 543.1 4-234
editing 310.1 1-112 Excessive Error Ratio (ETH100) alarm 543.1
parameters 310.1 1-205 4-234
ETH40G facility Excessive Error Ratio (ETH10G) 543.1 4-234
parameters 310.1 1-205 Excessive Error Ratio (FC1200) 543.1 4-234
Ethernet drop-and-continue Excessive Error Ratio (FC800) 543.1 4-234
path connection Excessive Error Ratio (FC800) alarm 543.1 4-234
1+1/MSP linear 320.1 3-73 Excessive Error Ratio (FLEX) 543.1 4-234
dual feed (add/drop) 320.1 3-123 Excessive Error Ratio (WAN) alarm 543.1 4-234
UPSR/SNCP 320.1 3-104 Excessive Input Power alarm 543.1 4-256
Ethernet facility Excessive Pointer Adjustments (EC-1)
editing 310.1 1-112 alarm 543.1 4-223
Ethernet OAM maintenance associations executing
retrieving 320.3 26-16 script 301 9-13
Ethernet OAM maintenance domains TL1 commands 301 9-4
retrieving 320.3 26-9 exerciser
Ethernet OAM maintenance end points allowing to run as scheduled 310.2 7-126
retrieving 320.3 26-29 inhibiting to run as scheduled 310.2 7-126
retrieving schedule 310.2 7-125

4-34 Master index
exerciser (continued) facility (continued)

running manually 310.2 7-126 DISP parameters 310.1 1-405
scheduling 310.2 7-122 displaying 301 5-39
expansion pack load DS1 parameters 310.1 1-302
deleting 301 7-31 DS1DS3 parameters 310.1 1-310
retrieving 301 7-12 DS1WAN parameters 310.1 1-315
transferring DS3 parameters 310.1 1-306, 310.1 1-310
from repository to SP 301 7-28 DS3 WAN parameters 310.1 1-315
expected far end address E1 parameters 310.1 1-308
adjacency facility 310.1 1-396 E1DS3 parameters 310.1 1-310
exporting E1E3 parameters 310.1 1-310
BLSR E1WAN parameters 310.1 1-315
ring configuration files 320.1 1-21 E3 parameters 310.1 1-309, 310.1 1-310
CVS file, Visualization tool view 301 5-34 E3WAN parameters 310.1 1-315
HERS EC-1 parameters 310.1 1-307
ring configuration files 320.1 1-21 editing primary state 310.1 1-108
MS-SPRing ETH, parameters 310.1 1-205
ring configuration files 320.1 1-21 ETH100, parameters 310.1 1-205
express deleting optical channels 221 7-36 ETH100G, parameters 310.1 1-205
extended footprint depth in 23-in rack, mounting ETH10G, parameters 310.1 1-205
bracket kits 201.1 4-86 ETH40G, parameters 310.1 1-205
extender, installing 201.1 4-12 FC100/200/400 parameters 310.1 1-369
external 151 3-57 FC1200 parameters 310.1 1-367
external alarm provisioning PG.2 5-23 IDLER parameters 102.4 1-200, 310.1 1-376
procedures 543.1 2-10 LAG parameters 310.1 1-292
external control PG.2 5-23 loopbacks, operating/releasing 310.1 1-124
external control relays 543.1 1-26 management 310.1 1-8
procedures 543.1 2-10 OC-3 (DS1TM) parameters 310.1 1-305
external equipment 151 3-57 OCn parameters 310.1 1-198
overview PG.1 3-1 OPTMON parameters 102.4 1-199, 310.1
external synchronization input (ESI) 1-374
parameters 310.2 5-47 OSC parameters 310.1 1-404
provisioning 310.2 5-26 OSIC OTM2 parameters 102.4 1-185, 310.1
external synchronization output (ESO) 1-339
parameters 310.2 5-49 OTM1 parameters 310.1 1-317
provisioning 310.2 5-37 OTM2 parameters 310.1 1-323
references, provisioning 310.2 5-39 applicability 310.1 1-332, 310.1 1-334,
extra traffic 320.1 3-25 310.1 1-337
OTM3 parameters 310.1 1-343
F applicability 102.4 1-196, 310.1 1-351
OTM4 parameters 310.1 1-353
facility
adding 310.1 1-82
parameters, editing 310.1 1-112
adding to equipment 310.1 1-82
PM parameters 520 1-13
ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber
primary state 310.1 1-185
editing 310.1 1-108
AMP parameters 310.1 1-370
secondary state 310.1 1-191
CHC parameters 310.1 1-401
STM1E parameters 310.1 1-204
deleting from equipment 310.1 1-118
STMn parameters 310.1 1-198
details, retrieving 310.1 1-47

Master index 4-35
facility (continued) fiber

VOA parameters 310.1 1-408 cleaning 201.2 7-4
WAN parameters 310.1 1-261 connecting to the optical interface 201.2 5-39
facility inventory disconnecting from the optical interface 201.2
displaying 310.1 2-4 5-39
facility loopback 310.1 1-124 inspecting 201.2 7-4
facility management PG.2 5-7 routing channel PG.1 3-43
facility PM attributes PG.2 5-26 routing in the fiber manager 201.2 6-49
facility PM query PG.2 5-26 Fiber Channel
Facility Reconfiguration In Progress alarm 543.1 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-29
4-257 Fiber Channel Link Not operational alarm 543.1
Facility Reconfiguration Required 543.1 4-258 4-271
fairness Fiber Loss Detection Disabled alarm 543.1 4-272
details, displaying 320.2 15-5 Fiber Manager
Fan Failed (DSM) alarm 543.1 4-263 installing DSCM into 201.1 4-207
Fan Failed alarm 543.1 4-259 fiber manager
Fan Housing Missing alarm 543.1 4-264 hardware PG.1 3-45
Fan Incompatible alarm 543.1 4-265 ordering 151 2-22
Fan Missing (DSM) alarm 543.1 4-267 routing fiber 201.2 6-49
fans fiber riser kits, installing 201.1 4-20
hardware PG.1 3-47 Fiber Type Manual Provisioning Required
replacing 545 2-164, 545 2-170 alarm 543.1 4-273
Far End Client Signal Fail/Failure alarm 543.1 fiber work
4-268 preparing for work on Photonic system 543.1
Far End Protection Line Fail alarm 543.1 4-270 2-48
fault clearing strategy fiber-optic cables
alarm routing on the 6500 shelf 201.2 5-31
priority 543.1 1-9 filler card PG.1 3-88
severity 543.1 1-9 Filler Card Missing alarm 543.1 4-274
FC100/200/400 facility filter modules
parameters 310.1 1-369 installation
FC100/FC200/FC400 installing filter modules in 2150
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-24 chassis 201.2 6-98
FC1200 facility filtering
parameters 310.1 1-367 active alarms 543.1 2-13
FDB active disabled alarms 543.1 2-18
entries, retrieving 301 10-15 events 543.1 2-15
features optical connection 301 5-43
summary PG.1 2-1 Photonic connection 301 5-43
features and benefits firewalls PG.4 9-282
modular architecture PG.1 1-15 Flash Banks Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-275
FGA amplifier Flash FPGA baseline unsupported alarm 543.1
replacing 545 2-84 4-276
FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-235 FLEX facility
alarms 102.6 1-240 editing 310.1 1-112
equipping rules 102.6 1-241 FLEX facility for 2x10G OTR
performance monitoring 102.6 1-238 parameters 310.1 1-361
technical specifications 102.6 1-242 FLEX facility for 40G MUX OCI

4-36 Master index
FLEX facility for FLEX MOTR freerun mode

parameters 310.1 1-363 synchronization 310.2 5-8
FLEX facility for OTN FLEX MOTR Frequency Out of Range (DS1) alarm 543.1
parameters 310.1 1-363 4-184
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-36 Frequency Out of Range (DS3) alarm 543.1
alarms 102.7 1-43 4-191
cross-connection rates 102.7 1-39 Front I/O panel (Multi-Service)
cross-connection types 102.7 1-39 20G L2SS 102.7 2-27
equipping rules 102.7 1-47 FTP
latency 102.7 1-49 editing 310.1 3-16
operational measurements 520 1-249 parameters 310.1 3-66
performance monitoring 102.7 1-43 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-39
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 1-39 FTP/FTAM Bridge (File Transfer Translation
technical specifications 102.7 1-48 Device) PG.4 9-225
floor, preparing for installation 201.1 4-16 Full 320.1 3-25
flowchart,6500 installation 201.1 4-3 functions
flushing 40/43G OCI 102.4 1-87
entries from forwarding databases 320.2 18-7 40G 102.4 1-87
force deleting optical channels 221 7-33 40G MUX OCI 102.4 1-88
Forced Ring Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-265 40G OCI 102.4 1-87
forced switch 40G OCLD 102.4 1-87
operating 40G UOCLD 102.4 1-88
facility/equipment/path 310.2 7-116 40G XCIF 102.4 1-88
synchronization 310.2 7-130 40G+ CFP OCI 102.4 1-87
releasing Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD 102.4 1-87
facility/equipment/path 310.2 7-120 fuse interface panel 102.1 3-2
synchronization 310.2 7-132 equipping rules 102.1 3-14
Forced Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-265 technical specifications 102.1 3-17
forcing out fuse interface panel (1U)
active users 301 2-23, 301 2-47 installing 201.1 4-52
forwarding database PG.2 5-15
backing up files 320.2 18-9
dynamic entries 320.2 18-16
G
G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-2
entries, retrieving 301 10-15
overview PG.2 4-14
overview 320.2 18-1
ring 320.3 25-2
ring port 320.3 25-2
parameters, Backup tab 320.2 18-21
ringlet 320.3 25-2
parameters, Entries tab 320.2 18-16
ringlet port 320.3 25-2
settings, editing 320.2 18-15
G.8032 ERP group list PG.2 5-16
static entries 320.2 18-16
overview 320.3 24-1
static entries parameters 320.2 18-22
static entries, adding 320.2 18-13
parameters, displaying 320.3 24-4
static entries, deleting 320.2 18-14
G.8032 ERP group list range
forwarding databases
adding 320.3 24-5
displaying 320.2 18-5
removing 320.3 24-6
entries, flushing 320.2 18-7
G.8032 ERP management PG.2 5-16
FPGA upgrade 301 8-3
G.8032 ERP node information PG.2 5-16
Frame Format Mismatch (DS3) alarm 543.1
4-191
overview 320.3 23-1

Master index 4-37
G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protocol (G.8032 GNE

ERP) PG.1 1-12 adding entry 310.1 3-18
Gateway NE 301 4-65, 301 4-66 deleting entry 310.1 3-20
gateway network element parameters 310.1 3-51
DCN provisioning PG.4 9-68 golden database
gateway node restoring 221 2-56
secure modem 301 3-3, 301 3-5 setting up 221 2-55
Gauge Threshold Crossing Alert Summary graphical PMs 520 1-23
alarm 543.1 4-277 GRE
GCC parameters adding entry 310.1 3-18
provisioning 221 2-38 deleting entry 310.1 3-20
GCC0 Link Fail alarm 543.1 4-282 parameters 310.1 3-52
GCC0 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-193 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-43
GCC1 Link Fail alarm 543.1 4-282 GRE tunnels
GCC1 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-193 provisioning 221 2-40
GCC2 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-193 ground cable
GE air plenum 201.1 4-83
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-24 cooling unit 201.1 4-83
path connection shelf 201.1 4-83
dual feed 320.1 3-110 grounding
dual feed (add/drop) 320.1 3-123 air plenum 201.1 4-83
dual feed (redundant) 320.1 3-116 cooling unit 201.1 4-83
GE 1+1 linear protection OMX equipment drawer 201.2 6-5
overview 310.2 7-31 rack 201.1 4-32
GE circuit pack shelf 201.1 4-83
operational measurements 520 1-227 shelf cover 201.2 5-52
GE electrical cable group list parameters
ordering 151 4-30 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 24-7
GE protection Group Loss of Signal alarm 543.1 4-286
testing 221 6-33
GE/FC100/FC200 optical specifications PG.3
8-140
H
hardware PG.1 3-88
GE/FC100/FC200/FC400 optical
14-slot shelf electrical interface area PG.1
specifications PG.3 8-140
3-21
General Broadcast tool 301 9-1
14-slot shelf fans PG.1 3-47
closing 301 9-16
messages, receiving/viewing 301 9-16
messages, sending 301 9-16
general DCN
architecture PG.1 3-3
route redistribution and summarization PG.4
fans PG.1 3-47
9-66
fiber/cable routing hardware PG.1 3-43
General tab 301 4-26
OMX 151 3-38, 151 3-54, 151 7-27
generating
shelf cover PG.1 3-40
challenge/response reply 301 2-83
synchronization PG.1 3-41
Generic Framing Procedure (GFP) 320.1 3-15
hardware locations
global support PG.2 5-5
I/O panels 102.2 1-88
network element mode differences 301 4-3
HCCS reference attribute 520 1-269
port mode differences 310.1 1-36
editing 520 1-70
retrieving 520 1-69

4-38 Master index
HERS alarm (continued)

APS configuration file L2 MOTR facility 543.1 3-34
editing 320.1 1-1 L2MOTR 543.1 3-28
APS provisioning 320.1 2-1 L2SS 543.1 3-27
requirements 320.1 2-8 L2SS gateway 543.1 3-27
configuration LAN/WAN EPL 543.1 3-24
editing 320.1 2-14 OC-n 543.1 3-28, 543.1 3-32, 543.1 3-33
connection OTM2 mapping facility 543.1 3-41
subtending UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 OTM4 facility 543.1 3-39
extra traffic 320.1 3-25 OTM4 mapping facility 543.1 3-40
path connection PDH gateway 543.1 3-27
bidirectional 320.1 3-77 Photonic Optical Signal facility 543.1 3-42
linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-81 RPR 543.1 3-43
ring configuration files RPR LAN port 543.1 3-44
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 shelf equipment 543.1 3-10
creating 320.1 1-7 STM-1e 543.1 3-44
deleting 320.1 1-23 STM-m 543.1 3-28, 543.1 3-32
editing 320.1 1-14 STM-n 543.1 3-33
exporting 320.1 1-21 STS 543.1 3-33
retrieving 320.1 1-6 VC 543.1 3-33
saving 320.1 1-20 VT 543.1 3-33
ring configuration information WAN 543.1 3-24
clearing 320.1 1-19 synchronization 310.2 5-14
retrieving 320.1 2-9 synchronization violations 310.2 5-16
ring configurations High Fiber loss alarm 543.1 4-288
creating 320.1 1-7 High Received Span loss alarm 543.1 4-292
data, loading from a network element 320.1 High Temperature alarm 543.1 4-294
1-12 High Temperature Warning alarm 543.1 4-298
ring map 320.1 2-2 highlighting
creating 320.1 2-13 protection groups 301 5-37
deleting 320.1 2-19 historical fault browser PG.2 5-22
retrieving 320.1 2-9 holdover mode
hierarchy synchronization
alarm 543.1 3-4, 543.1 3-6 310.2 5-8
20G L2SS 543.1 3-27 host-only mode
20L2SS gateway 543.1 3-27 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-8
8b10B 543.1 3-29 HTTP server
circuit packs 543.1 3-7 provisioning 221 2-48
DS1 service module (DSM) 543.1 3-11 HTTP/HTTPS
DS3 facility 543.1 3-12, 543.1 3-13 editing 310.1 3-16
E1 hardware 543.1 3-14 parameters 310.1 3-67
E1 line 543.1 3-14
E3 543.1 3-15, 543.1 3-16
EC-1 543.1 3-17
I
I/O Module Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-42
EFM alarms 543.1 3-26
I/O Module Missing alarm 543.2 5-43
equipment 543.1 3-7
I/O Module Unknown alarm 543.2 5-44
ETH 543.1 3-24
I/O panel
ETH100 543.1 3-24
10/100BT 102.7 1-26
FC100/FC200/FC400 543.1 3-24
E1 102.2 1-75
GE 543.1 3-24

Master index 4-39
I/O panel (continued) inhibiting (continued)

STM-1e 102.2 1-85 log display 543.1 2-20
I/O Panel Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-46 user account 301 2-6
I/O Panel Missing alarm 543.2 5-48 inhibiting, PM 520 1-25
I/O Panel Unknown alarm 543.2 5-50 initializing
I/O panels PM physical baseline power level 520 1-48
DS3/E3/EC-1 102.2 1-81 Input Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-23
hardware locations 102.2 1-88 inserting
I/O protection module, replacing 545 2-152 add/drop filter 221 5-27
identifying inserting, circuit pack 201.1 4-191
alarm source 543.1 2-38 in-service roll-over
IDLER facility OC-n/STM-n 545 2-242
parameters 102.4 1-200, 310.1 1-376 in-service rollover
IISIS circuit all connections on port 320.1 3-59
adding entry 310.1 3-18 individual path connection 320.1 3-66
deleting entry 310.1 3-20 path connections 320.1 3-28
parameters 310.1 3-29, 310.1 3-30 In-Service Traffic Roll Over Provisioning tool
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-22 rolling over path connections
IISIS router all connections on port 320.1 3-59
adding entry 310.1 3-18 inspecting
deleting entry 310.1 3-20 fiber 201.2 7-4
parameters 310.1 3-31, 310.1 3-32 optical interface internal connectors 201.2 7-4
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-22 installation flowchart 201.1 4-3
IISIS router parameters installation, preparing 201.1 3-1
provisioning 221 2-30 materials list 201.1 3-27
IISIS routes distribution Metro front electrical shelf components 201.1
provisioning 221 2-44 3-11
IISIS routing table, parameters 310.1 3-47 optical shelf components 201.1 3-3, 201.1
ILAN 3-19
provisioning 221 2-23 optical/front electrical shelf components 201.1
ILAN-IN OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 3-7
5-194 optical/rear electrical shelf components 201.1
ILAN-IN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-54 3-9
ILAN-OUT OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 power requirements 201.1 3-26
5-194 rack configurations 201.1 3-23
ILAN-OUT Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-54 shelf configurations 201.1 3-2
Incomplete Software Lineup alarm 543.2 5-21 tools and materials list 201.1 3-27
incremental expansion pack 301 7-3 installing
incremental expansion pack load 14-slot shelf front cover 201.2 5-60
activating 301 8-13 1U AC rectifier 201.1 4-62
deactivating 301 8-13 2110 shelf 201.2 6-101
independent timing group 2110-Tx-xxxx DCM 201.2 6-103
timing mode 2-slot shelf front cover 201.2 5-66
provisioning 310.2 5-32 32-slot shelf front cover 201.2 5-46
timing references 6500 shelf 201.1 4-83
provisioning 310.2 5-32 access panel 201.1 4-83
inhibiting adapter kits 201.1 4-20
database change events 543.1 2-20 air exhaust panels on a 32-slot shelf 201.2
inventory display 543.1 2-20 5-43
local user 301 2-6 air plenum 201.1 4-83

4-40 Master index
installing (continued) Intercard Suspected - Pluggable I/O Carrier 1

BMD-2 201.1 4-201 alarm 543.2 5-34
breaker interface panel (1U) 201.1 4-52 Intercard Suspected - Pluggable I/O Carrier 2
breaker interface panel (2U) 201.1 4-35 alarm 543.2 5-34
circuit packs 201.1 4-180 Intercard Suspected alarm 543.2 5-29
CMD44 201.1 4-201 interface circuit packs PG.1 3-53
connecting power cables 201.1 4-136 interfaces
cooling unit assembly 201.1 4-83 DCN 310.1 3-4
DS1 front cover 201.2 6-95 Internal Mgmt Comms Suspected alarm 543.2
DS1 service module 201.2 6-1 5-36
DSCM into Fiber Manager 201.1 4-207 international gateway 310.1 1-35
DSM breaker interface panel 201.2 6-53 path connections 320.1 3-23
DSM shelf 201.2 6-60 inter-NE fibers
eCMD44 201.1 4-201 connecting 221 4-95
electrical I/O hardware 201.2 5-5 interworking
extenders 201.1 4-12 5100/5200 and 6500 PG.4 9-240
fiber manager equipment drawer 201.2 6-27 CPL and 6500 PG.4 9-233
filler 201.1 4-180 DWDM PG.1 2-114
filter modules in 2150 chassis 201.2 6-98 internal DCN architectures PG.4 9-236
fuse interface panel (1U) 201.1 4-52 Optical Long Haul 1600G and 6500 PG.4
maintenance interface card 201.1 4-124, 201.1 9-277
4-131, 201.1 4-133, 201.1 4-135 other vendors’ portfolio PG.1 2-114
OMD4 201.1 4-201 interworking, SLAT considerations 221 1-4
OMX 201.2 6-1 intra-NE fibers
OMX equipment drawer 201.2 6-5 connecting 221 4-4
pluggable module 201.1 4-194 intra-office application PG.2 4-14
power input cards 201.1 4-124, 201.1 4-131, Intrusion Attempt alarm 543.2 5-38
201.1 4-133, 201.1 4-135 intrusion attempt handling 301 2-18, PG.2 5-28
preparing the floor 201.1 4-16 details, displaying 301 2-59
shelf cover 201.2 5-52 disabling 301 2-60
shelf processor 201.1 4-180 enabling 301 2-60
USB flash storage device 301 6-21 source address, unlocking 301 2-61
XFP module 201.1 4-194 User-ID Based Intrusion Detection (UBID) 301
installing 6500 shelves and equipment, Part 2-19
1 201.1 4-1 invalid password
installing 6500 shelves and equipment, Part displaying 301 2-50
2 201.2 5-1 invalid password list
installing and upgrading network element adding entry 301 2-51
software PG.2 5-20 deleting entry 301 2-52
installing fiber riser kits 201.1 4-20 Invalid Site Topology alarm 543.2 5-40
instance numbering inventory
SDH payload 320.1 3-24 copying information 310.1 2-5
integrated test set inventory display
performing a test 310.1 1-141 allowing 543.1 2-20
Integrated Test Set Configured alarm 543.2 5-27 inhibiting 543.1 2-20
integrated Test Set Data Save In Progress invoking
alarm 543.2 5-28 slot upgrade 301 8-12
Intercard Suspected - Pluggable alarm 543.2
5-32

Master index 4-41
IP L2 MOTR circuit pack (continued)

adding entry 310.1 3-18 supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 2-45
editing 310.1 3-16 technical specifications 102.7 2-53
parameters 310.1 3-53 L2 MOTR facility
parameters for RPR connectivity alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-34
provisioning 320.2 17-10 L2MOTR equipment
tools 310.1 3-22 editing
IP access control 301 2-22, PG.4 9-287 Ether type 310.1 1-81
IP access control list L2SS
disabling 301 2-82 system testing 221 8-19
enabling 301 2-82 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-1
provisioning 301 2-78 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-27
IP address alarms 102.7 2-7
configuration cross-connection rates 102.7 2-6
rules, general PG.4 9-32 cross-connection types 102.7 2-5
editing for connectivity testing 320.2 17-8 equipping rules 102.7 2-10
IP addressing PG.4 9-305 operational measurements 520 1-230
IP dead gateway detection (IPDGD) 310.1 3-9 performance monitoring 102.7 2-7
IP masks PG.4 9-305 protection 310.2 7-13
IP networks, addressing, and masks reconfiguration 545 2-208
dotted decimal notation PG.4 9-306 replacing 545 2-44
IP routing protocols PG.4 9-308 supported SFPs 102.7 2-6
ARP PG.4 9-309 technical specifications 102.7 2-11
DBRS PG.4 9-79 testing 221 6-47
opaque LSAs PG.4 9-78 L2SS equipment protection
OSPF PG.4 9-310 testing 221 6-59
proxy ARP PG.4 9-310 L2SS gateway circuit pack
route preference PG.4 9-319 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-27
static and default routes PG.4 9-319 LACP Failed alarm 543.2 5-53
TARP PG.4 9-309 LAG facility
IP routing table, parameters 310.1 3-47 parameters 310.1 1-292
IP Static Route lamp test
adding entry 310.1 3-18 performing 221 2-21, 543.1 2-39
deleting entry 310.1 3-20 using Visualization tool 301 5-45
IP static route LAN
adding entry 310.1 3-18 adding entry 310.1 3-18
deleting entry 310.1 3-20 deleting entry 310.1 3-20
parameters 310.1 3-32 editing 310.1 3-16
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-31 parameters 310.1 3-54
Isolated Station alarm 543.2 5-52 LAN alarms 543.2 5-54
LAN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-55
L LAN ports
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-4
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-39
LAN/WAN EPL
alarms 102.7 2-48
laser emission, safety specifications PG.3 8-381
Laser Failed alarm 543.2 5-57
latency 102.7 2-54
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (ETH10G,
ETH10G) alarm 543.2 5-342

4-42 Master index
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (FC1200, latency (continued)

FC800) alarm 543.2 5-342 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered pack 102.4 1-18
(OC-192/STM-64, OC-768/STM-256) launching
alarm 543.2 5-342 Visualization tool 301 5-4, 301 5-30
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (OTM) launching, SLAT Assistant Tool 221 2-10
alarm 543.2 5-342 Layer 2 circuit packs
latency roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.7
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-21 2-69
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-92 Layer 2 multipoint-to-multipoint
100G circuit pack 102.4 2-71 configuration PG.2 4-13
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-47 Layer 2 point-to-point configuration PG.2 4-13
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-30 layer 2 resilient packet ring, see RPR
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 Layer 2 RPR PG.1 1-12
2-30 Layer 2 switching PG.1 1-11
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-47 LED
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 alarm unit 543.1 1-12
4-14 indications 543.1 1-12
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-13 circuit pack LEDs 543.1 1-13
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-27 lamp test 543.1 1-20, 543.1 2-39
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-40 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-60
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-27 alarms 102.6 1-65
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-70 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-62
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-70 cross-connection types 102.6 1-62
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-72 equipping rules 102.6 1-66
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-53 optical specifications PG.3 8-246
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-19 performance monitoring 102.6 1-63
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-30 performance monitoring, optical monitoring
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-12 points 520 1-142
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-35 technical specifications 102.6 1-67
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-43 line (OC/STM) error alarms 543.1 4-240
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-31 line amplifier node
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-48 testing 221 4-85
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-44 Line DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-145
40G circuit pack 102.4 1-111 LINE DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-54 5-193
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-38 line interface module circuit pack
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-18 optical specifications PG.3 8-246
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-86 Link Aggregation Group Fail alarm 543.2 5-58
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-66 Link Aggregation Group Partial Fail alarm 543.2
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-12 5-60
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-19 link budget, NGM PG.2 4-32
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-55 Link Down alarm 543.2 5-61
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-21 Link Pulse Missing alarm 543.2 5-65
cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-34 link trace
DSCM circuit pack 102.6 1-233 displaying 320.3 26-45
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-49 list of alarms 543.1 4-6, 543.2 5-5
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-54 load adoption 301 7-3
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-36
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-9

Master index 4-43
loading network element (continued)

BLSR automatically 301 1-58
ring configuration data from a network challenge/response 301 2-7
element 320.1 1-12 manually 301 1-59
HERS remote login, using CLI session 301 10-11
ring configuration data from a network simultaneous login limit 301 2-23
element 320.1 1-12 using a modem 301 1-13
login profile 301 1-52 using direct cable (RS-232) 301 1-17
MS-SPRing using remote network connection 301 1-8
ring configuration data from a network using Remote TL1 Gateway connection 301
element 320.1 1-12 1-26
script 301 9-10 using shelf processor LAN port 301 1-21
Local Fault (ETH10G, ETH100G, FC800, FC1200) logging out
alarm 543.2 5-342 network element 301 1-60
local user logical shelf number
authentication 301 2-6 editing 301 4-50
disabling 301 2-6 provisioning 301 4-47
inhibiting 301 2-6 logical shelf number, editing 301 4-50
locating logical shelf number, provisioning 301 4-47
reflective event 543.1 2-45 login banner 301 1-4, 301 4-2
locked mode displaying 301 4-21
synchronization editing 301 4-23
310.2 5-8 Login Banner tab 301 4-23, 301 4-25
locking the shelf 201.2 5-52 login profile
lockout adding a node 301 1-53
operating deleting 301 1-51
facility/equipment 310.2 7-116 deleting a node 301 1-57
synchronization 310.2 7-130 editing 301 1-50
releasing editing a node 301 1-56
facility/equipment 310.2 7-120 loading from navigation tree 301 1-52
synchronization 310.2 7-132 Site Manager session over craft Ethernet
Lockout Active alarm 543.2 5-266 connection, adding 301 1-38
Lockout of Protection Active alarm 543.2 5-266 Site Manager session over direct cable
Lockout of Working Active alarm 543.2 5-266 (RS-232) connection, adding 301 1-46
Lockout Protection Active alarm 543.2 5-266 Site Manager session over modem connection,
Lockout Protection Span Active alarm 543.2 adding 301 1-42
5-268 Site Manager session over network connection,
Lockout Working Ring Active alarm 543.2 5-267 adding 301 1-33
Lockout Working Span Active alarm 543.2 5-267 terminal session over craft Ethernet connection,
LOFEF adding 301 1-40
description 221 9-9 terminal session over direct cable (RS-232)
Log Collection In Progress alarm 543.2 5-66 connection, adding 301 1-49
log display terminal session over modem connection,
allowing 543.1 2-20 adding 301 1-45
inhibiting 543.1 2-20 terminal session over network connection,
Log Save In Progress alarm 543.2 5-67 adding 301 1-36
logging in login sessions 301 1-1, 301 1-2
network element loopback 310.1 1-124
account dormancy 301 2-24 EFM remote 310.1 1-124
authentication 301 2-7 facility 310.1 1-124

4-44 Master index
loopback (continued) Loss of Signal (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-192

path connections 320.1 3-10 Loss of Signal (E1) alarm 543.1 4-212
Photonic connections 320.1 5-11 Loss of Signal (E3) alarm 543.1 4-192
Loopback Active - Facility alarm 543.2 5-69 Loss of Signal (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-224
Loopback Active - Terminal alarm 543.2 5-71 Loss of Signal (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-249
Loopback Active alarm 543.2 5-68 Loss Of Signal (ETH) alarm 543.2 5-121
Loopback Traffic Detected alarm 543.2 5-73 Loss Of Signal (ETH100G) alarm 543.2 5-122
loopbacks PG.2 5-8 Loss Of Signal (ETH10G) alarm 543.2 5-122
operating/releasing 310.1 1-124 Loss Of Signal (ETH40G) alarm 543.2 5-122
Loss of Alignment - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-74 Loss Of Signal (Ethernet) alarm 543.2 5-117
Loss of Channel alarm 543.2 5-76 Loss Of Signal (FC) alarm 543.2 5-121
Loss of Clock alarm 543.2 5-78 Loss Of Signal (FC100/FC200/FC400,
Loss Of Data Synch alarm 543.2 5-82 FC800,FC1200,FLEX) alarm 543.2
Loss of Extra Traffic alarm 543.2 5-85 5-122
Loss of Frame (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-184 Loss Of Signal (FLEX) alarm 543.2 5-121
Loss of Frame (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-191 Loss Of Signal (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-121
Loss of Frame (E1) alarm 543.1 4-211 Loss Of Signal (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64,
Loss of Frame (E3) alarm 543.1 4-191 OC-768/STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-122
Loss of Frame (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-223 Loss of Signal (OPTMON, VOA) alarm 543.2
Loss of Frame (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-249 5-130
Loss of Frame (ETH100G) alarm 543.2 5-89, Loss Of Signal (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-121
543.2 5-90 Loss of Signal (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-123
Loss of Frame (ETH10G) alarm 543.2 5-89, Loss of Signal (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-123
543.2 5-90 Loss of Signal (OTM3) alarm 543.2 5-123
Loss of Frame (FC1200) alarm 543.2 5-89, 543.2 Loss of Signal (OTM4) alarm 543.2 5-123
5-90 Low Order Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2
Loss of Frame (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-89 5-135
Loss of Frame (OC-192/STM-64, low order facility (LO VC3, VT1.5/VC11,
OC-48/STM-16) 543.2 5-89 VT2/VC12)
Loss of Frame (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-90 PM parameters 520 1-14
Loss of Frame (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-89, 543.2 Low Received Span Loss alarm 543.2 5-136
5-90 Low Voltage (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-138
Loss of Frame (OTM3) alarm 543.2 5-89, 543.2 lower layer DCC/GCC
5-90 adding entry 310.1 3-18
Loss of Frame (OTM4) alarm 543.2 5-90 deleting entry 310.1 3-20
Loss of Frame Delineation alarm 543.2 5-86 editing 310.1 3-16
Loss of Lock alarm 543.2 5-98 parameters 310.1 3-56
Loss of Multiframe - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-109
Loss of Multiframe (E1) alarm 543.1 4-212
Loss of Multiframe (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-91
M
MAC Database Near Capacity alarm 543.2 5-139
Loss of Multiframe (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-89,
MAC Flapping Detected alarm 543.2 5-140
543.2 5-91
MAC Status Defect alarm 543.2 5-141
Loss of Multiframe (OTM3) alarm 543.2 5-89,
maintenance association
543.2 5-91
adding 320.3 26-18
Loss of Multiframe (OTM4) alarm 543.2 5-91
deleting 320.3 26-22
Loss of Multiframe (WAN) alarm 543.2 5-108
editing 320.3 26-20
Loss of Pointer alarm 543.2 5-110
maintenance domain
Loss of Sequence - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-113
adding 320.3 26-10
Loss of Service Delineation alarm 543.2 5-115
Loss of Signal (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-184

Master index 4-45
maintenance domain (continued) measuring

editing 320.3 26-12 amplifier output power 543.1 2-51
maintenance end point raw BER (OTM2) 520 1-76
adding 320.3 26-31 member shelf
deleting 320.3 26-37 adding 301 4-54
editing 320.3 26-34 deleting 301 4-57
loopback primary state, changing 301 4-55
operating 320.3 26-46 member shelf information
releasing 320.3 26-46 displaying 301 4-53
maintenance end point loopback Member Shelf Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-148
operating 320.3 26-46 Member Shelf Unknown alarm 543.2 5-150
releasing 320.3 26-46 Member Shelf Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-152
maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-59 member shelves
alarms 102.1 3-59 provisioning 221 2-46
equipping rules 102.1 3-60 Metro front electrical shelf components 201.1
technical specifications 102.1 3-60 3-11, PG.1 3-12
maintenance intermediate point MIC
adding 320.3 26-26 lamp test 543.1 2-39
deleting 320.3 26-27 replacing 545 2-181
managed keys PG.2 5-28 midstage line amplifier 2 circuit pack
management optical specifications PG.3 8-241, PG.3 8-244
equipment 310.1 1-5 midstage line amplifier circuit pack
facility 310.1 1-8 optical specifications PG.3 8-238
OAM comms 310.1 3-7 mixed timing engineering guidelines
OTS 310.2 8-1 mixed timing in linear systems 310.2 5-18
path connection PG.2 5-15 mixed timing in ring systems 310.2 5-17
Manual Area Address Dropped alarm 543.2 MLA
5-142 performance monitoring 102.6 1-53
manual connection terminal 301 3-1 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-24
manual dispersion scan 310.1 1-148 alarms 102.6 1-30
Manual Ring Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-268 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-27
manual switch cross-connection types 102.6 1-27
operating equipping rules 102.6 1-31
facility/equipment/path 310.2 7-116 optical specifications PG.3 8-238
synchronization 310.2 7-130 performance monitoring 102.6 1-28
releasing performance monitoring, optical monitoring
facility/equipment 310.2 7-120 points 102.6 1-29, 520 1-139
Manual Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-269 technical specifications 102.6 1-32
Manufacture discontinued items 151 7-1 MLA2
ordering 151 7-1 performance monitoring 102.6 1-41
map mode MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-36
10/100BT, editing 310.1 1-77 alarms 102.6 1-42
20G L2SS, editing 310.1 1-79 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-39
mapping cross-connection types 102.6 1-39
service 320.1 3-16 equipping rules 102.6 1-43
Mapping Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-144 optical specifications PG.3 8-241, PG.3 8-244
materials list 201.1 3-27 performance monitoring 102.6 1-40
Max Stations Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-147 performance monitoring, optical monitoring
points 102.6 1-29, 520 1-139

4-46 Master index
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack MSP linear (continued)

cross-connection rates 102.6 1-39 path connection
performance monitoring 102.6 1-40 bidirectional 320.1 3-70
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack Ethernet drop-and-continue 320.1 3-73
cross-connection types 102.6 1-39 protection 310.2 7-24
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-48 MSP linear APS alarms 543.1 4-21
alarms 102.6 1-54 MSPP circuit packs
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-51 optical interface, ordering 151 3-15
cross-connection types 102.6 1-51 MSPP network SLAT 221 8-1
equipping rules 102.6 1-55 MSPP services
performance monitoring 102.6 1-52 G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protocol (G.8032
performance monitoring, optical monitoring ERP) PG.1 1-12
points 520 1-139 Layer 2 RPR PG.1 1-12
technical specifications 102.6 1-56 Layer 2 switching PG.1 1-11
MLAMLA2/MLA3 amplifier overview PG.1 1-7
reconfiguration 545 2-227 point-to-point optical broadband services PG.1
modem 1-9
connecting to the shelf 201.2 5-68 TDM switching PG.1 1-11
defining settings 301 1-29 transport PG.1 1-9
module MS-SPRing
Band splitter 100 GHz 102.6 1-251 APS configuration file
BMD-2 102.6 1-222 editing 320.1 1-1
CMD44 100 GHz 102.6 1-187 APS provisioning 320.1 2-1
CMD44 50 GHz 102.6 1-197 requirements 320.1 2-8
CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical configuration PG.2 4-8
Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100 editing 320.1 2-14
GHz 102.6 1-246 extra traffic 320.1 3-25
CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux full LO VC 320.1 3-25
Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz 102.6 1-249 path connection
DSCM 102.6 1-227, 102.6 1-259 bidirectional 320.1 3-77
OMD4 100 GHz 102.6 1-213 linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-81
OMX 102.6 1-147 subtending SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85
overview PG.1 3-1 ring configuration files
shelf assignment 310.1 1-177 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
Monitored VT Threshold Crossed alarm 543.2 creating 320.1 1-7
5-155 deleting 320.1 1-23
mounting bracket kits for extended footprint depth editing 320.1 1-14
in 23-in rack 201.1 4-86 exporting 320.1 1-21
mounting brackets and mounting bracket kits, retrieving 320.1 1-6
reference list 201.1 4-86 saving 320.1 1-20
MRO circuit pack ring configuration information
reconfiguration 545 2-220 clearing 320.1 1-19
MS DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-145 retrieving 320.1 2-9
MS DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 ring configurations
5-193 creating 320.1 1-7
MSP linear data, loading from a network element 320.1
configuration PG.2 4-5 1-12
overview 310.2 7-24 ring map 320.1 2-2
creating 320.1 2-13
deleting 320.1 2-19

Master index 4-47
ring map (continued) network element (continued)

retrieving 320.1 2-9 connecting to DCN 221 2-54
switch criteria 310.2 7-69, 310.2 7-77 date and time
VC-accessed 320.1 3-24 editing 301 4-26
Multiplexed Rate Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-157 disconnecting from 301 1-61
Multirate CWDM SFP module logging in
optical specifications PG.3 8-215 automatically 301 1-58
Multirate DWDM SFP module manually 301 1-59
optical specifications PG.3 8-208 remote login, using CLI session 301 10-11
Multirate DWDM XFP module using a modem 301 1-13
optical specifications PG.3 8-186 using direct cable (RS-232) 301 1-17
Multi-rate DWDM/CWDM XFP module using remote network connection 301 1-8
optical specifications PG.3 8-186 using Remote TL1 Gateway connection 301
Multirate SFP module 1-26
optical specifications PG.3 8-210 using shelf processor LAN port 301 1-21
Multirate tunable DWDM XFP module logging out 301 1-60
optical specifications PG.3 8-199 Mode parameter 301 4-3
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit pack editing 301 4-26
cross-connection rates 102.1 2-22 name
cross-connection types 102.1 2-22 editing 301 4-26
performance monitoring 102.1 2-23 node information, displaying 301 4-21
supported SFPs 102.1 2-23 NSAP address, retrieving 301 10-18
MXC circuit pack power cycle 543.1 1-26
replacing 545 2-69 powering up 221 2-5
provisioning data
N backup details, retrieving 301 6-8
restoring 301 6-14
name
saving 301 6-9
network element
restoring to initial state 221 6-82
displaying 301 4-21
setting a hardware terminal loopback 221 6-79
editing 301 4-26
shared secret, provisioning 301 2-73
NAT
software release, checking 221 2-8
adding entry 310.1 3-18
TID
deleting entry 310.1 3-20
editing 301 4-26
editing 310.1 3-16
warning message
editing 301 4-23
replacing 301 4-25
navigation tree
network element data 301 6-2
adding a node 301 1-62
network element mode
deleting a node 301 1-62
editing 301 4-26
loading login profile 301 1-52
Network level alarm correlation PG.1 2-97
NE Mode Unknown alarm 543.2 5-159
network level alarm correlation 543.1 1-4
netping
network management PG.1 1-16
CLI 301 10-21
network reconfiguration PG.2 4-44
network element
Network Trace Identifier Mismatch (FLEX)
banner type
alarm 543.2 5-160
editing 301 4-23
new items in release
CLLI
ordering PG.2 6-1
editing 301 4-26
commissioning 221 2-14, 221 2-16

4-48 Master index
NGM node information (continued)

applications PG.2 4-28 System tab 301 4-33, 301 4-42
improved link budget PG.2 4-32 Time of Day tab 301 4-11
transparency PG.2 4-33 TL1 Gateway tab 301 4-58
NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM Non-routing mode
circuit pack PG.3 7-11 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-21
NGM WT circuit pack NSAP address, retrieving 301 10-18
DWDM wavelengths 102.5 4-41 Number of Level 1 NEs Exceeded alarm 543.2
NGM WT circuit packs 5-164
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 numbering, slot 151 1-2
4-43
nodal general parameters
editing 301 4-26
O
OAM
nodal login banner parameters
parameters for RPR connectivity
editing 301 4-23
provisioning 320.2 17-9
replacing 301 4-25
OAM comms
nodal parameters 301 4-3
management 310.1 3-7
general 301 4-3
routing 310.1 3-7
member 301 4-10
OAM messages
shelf 301 4-10
operating or releasing, echotest 320.2 17-7
SPLI 301 4-12
OAM Not Available alarm 543.2 5-165
system 301 4-5
OAM parameters
time of day 301 4-11
connectivity, provisioning 320.2 17-5
TL1 gateway 301 4-10
OAM&P
nodal shelf parameters
alarm and event management PG.2 5-21,
displaying 301 4-21
PG.2 5-22, PG.2 5-23
editing 301 4-38
commissioning and testing PG.2 5-4
editing, logical shelf number 301 4-50
connection and bandwidth management PG.2
provisioning, logical shelf number 301 4-47
5-9, PG.2 5-10
nodal SLAT procedures 221 2-1
data communications PG.2 5-24
nodal system parameters
data services PG.2 5-11, PG.2 5-12, PG.2
displaying 301 4-21
5-13, PG.2 5-14, PG.2 5-15, PG.2 5-16
editing 301 4-33
equipment and traffic protection PG.2 5-30
Node ID Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-162
equipment management PG.2 5-6
node information 301 4-1, 301 4-23, 301 4-25,
facility management PG.2 5-7
301 4-26, 301 4-47, 301 4-50, 301 4-53,
global support PG.2 5-5
301 4-59, 301 4-60, 301 4-63
installing and upgrading network element
displaying 301 4-21
software PG.2 5-20, PG.2 5-21
General tab 301 4-26
Performance monitoring and operational
Login Banner tab 301 4-2
measurements PG.2 5-25, PG.2 5-26,
Member Information tab 301 4-54, 301 4-55,
PG.2 5-27
301 4-57
photonic services PG.2 5-17, PG.2 5-18, PG.2
Node Information tab 301 4-3
5-19
General sub-tab 301 4-3
security and administration PG.2 5-28, PG.2
Member sub-tab 301 4-10
5-29, PG.2 5-30
Shelf sub-tab 301 4-10, 301 4-38, 301 4-43
SNMP PG.2 5-24
System sub-tab 301 4-5
span of control PG.2 5-21
TL1 Gateway sub-tab 301 4-10
synchronization management PG.2 5-20
parameters 301 4-67
synchronization protection PG.2 5-31
SPLI tab 301 4-12

Master index 4-49
OAM&P (continued) ODU connections (continued)

system parameters PG.2 5-5 types 320.1 4-3
troubleshooting tools PG.2 5-8 ODU LCK (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-344
visualization and shelf level view PG.2 5-5 ODU OCI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-345
OC-12 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-132 ODU performance monitoring 520 1-15
OC-12 optical specifications PG.3 8-134 ODU Trace Identifier Mismatch alarm 543.2
OC192 facility 5-170
parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-201 ODU connections
OC-192 optical specifications PG.3 8-122 1WAY unidirectional 320.1 4-3
OC-192/STM-64 circuit pack OMD4
DWDM wavelengths 102.3 1-27 adding 221 4-31
OC-3 (DS1TM) facility installing 201.1 4-201
parameters 310.1 1-305 OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-213
OC3 (DS1TM) facility alarms 102.6 1-219
editing 310.1 1-112 equipping rules 102.6 1-220
OC-3 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-132 technical specifications 102.6 1-221
OC-3 optical specifications PG.3 8-134 OMD4 module
OC-48 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-132 replacing 545 2-97
OC48 facility OMD4 point-to-point terminal
parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-201 configuring 221 4-104
OC-48 optical specifications PG.3 8-127 OME1110
OC-48/STM-16 DPO module, replacing 545 2-33 alarms 250 1-9
OC768 facility parameters 310.1 1-201 cross-connection rates 250 1-6
OCH Link data Retreival In Progress alarm 543.2 cross-connection types 250 1-6
5-168 equipping rules 250 1-11
OCH Link data Save In Progress alarm 543.2 ordering 151 2-20
5-169 performance monitoring 250 1-8
OC-n facility specifications PG.3 8-366
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28, 543.1 3-32, 543.1 supported facilities 250 1-7
3-33 supported SFPs 250 1-7
OCn facility OME1110 service module 250 1-1
editing 310.1 1-112 OME6500 TL1 Gateway
parameters 310.1 1-198 TIDC/Private-IP GNE Scalability PG.4 9-56
OC-n/STM-n OMX
in-service roll-over 545 2-242 adding 221 4-31
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs application PG.2 4-17
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.3 engineering rules 151 1-127
1-93 grounding 201.2 6-5
ODU AIS (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-343 hardware 151 3-38, 151 3-54, 151 7-27
ODU BDI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-343 installing equipment drawer 201.2 6-5
ODU connection installing fiber manger equipment
2WAY bidirectional 320.1 4-4 drawer 201.2 6-27
ODU connections PG.2 5-10 optical specifications PG.3 8-358
adding 320.1 4-13 ordering 151 2-22
deleting 320.1 4-17 OMX 16CH DWDM
editing 320.1 4-16 connecting OMX 16CH DWDM equipment
engineering rules 320.1 4-5 drawers 201.2 6-35
overview 320.1 4-1 routing fibers 201.2 6-44

4-50 Master index
OMX 4CH optical channel to a stretched span

connecting OMX 4CH equipment adding 221 7-38
drawers 201.2 6-30 optical channels
routing fibers 201.2 6-40 adding 221 7-3, 221 7-12
OMX module 102.6 1-147 deleting 221 7-22, 221 7-27
alarms 102.6 1-166 express deleting 221 7-36
equipping rules 102.6 1-166 force deleting 221 7-33
replacing 545 2-97 optical connector
technical specifications 102.6 1-166 cleaning 201.2 7-6
OMX point-to-point terminal removing from the optical interface 201.2 5-39
configuring 221 4-104 optical fiber patch cords, ordering 151 4-2
operating optical fibers
channelized loopback 310.2 6-31 using optical fibers
maintenance end point handling optical fibers 201.1 1-17, 221
loopback 320.3 26-46 10-18, 545 1-17
maintenance end point loopback 320.3 26-46 repairing optical fibers 201.1 1-19, 221
operating modes 10-20, 545 1-19
synchronization 310.2 5-8 splicing optical fibers 201.1 1-18, 221
operational measurements 520 1-18, PG.2 5-25 10-19, 545 1-18
clearing 520 1-55 optical interface
parameters hardware
10/100BT circuit pack 520 1-227 ordering 151 3-84
100G circuit pack 520 1-253 optical interface circuit pack
10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-240 reconfiguration 545 2-211
10G OTSC circuit pack 520 1-240 replacing 545 2-12
10GEL WT circuit pack 520 1-240 optical interface internal connectors
10GGE circuit pack 520 1-227 cleaning 201.2 7-4
20G L2SS circuit pack 520 1-230 inspecting 201.2 7-4
2x10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-240 Optical Line Fail alarm 543.2 5-172
40G circuit packs 520 1-251 Optical Long Haul 1600G and 6500
definitions (Broadband circuit packs) 520 interworking PG.4 9-277
1-262 Optical Loopback PG.2 5-19
definitions (MSPP circuit packs) 520 1-255 optical loopback test
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 1-249 overview 310.2 13-1
GE circuit pack 520 1-227 optical loopback testing
L2 MOTR circuit pack 520 1-244 performing 310.2 13-3
L2SS circuit pack 520 1-230 optical multiplexer, see OMX
OTN FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 1-249 Optical Power Monitor (OPM) C-Band (50 GHz, 2
PDH gateway circuit pack 520 1-230 Port) circuit pack
RPR circuit pack 520 1-236 optical specifications PG.3 8-259
SuperMux circuit pack 520 1-242 Optical Power Monitor. See OPM
retrieving 520 1-50 optical power ranges, displaying 310.1 1-150
tables 520 1-80 optical shelf components 201.1 3-3, 201.1 3-19,
OPM PG.1 3-7
replacing 545 2-95 optical specifications
OPM circuit pack 100Base PG.3 8-147
optical specifications PG.3 8-259 100G OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-170
opportunistic upgrade 301 8-3 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.3
OPSM2 module 8-170
optical specifications PG.3 8-268 10G OTN circuit pack PG.3 8-150

Master index 4-51
optical specifications (continued) optical specifications (continued)

10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-153 OC-48/STM-16 CWDM PG.3 8-132
10G OTSC circuit pack PG.3 8-157 OMX PG.3 8-358
10G WT circuit pack PG.3 8-150 OPM circuit pack PG.3 8-259
10G XFP module PG.3 8-178 OPSM2 module PG.3 8-268
10GEG WT circuit pack PG.3 8-150 Optical Power Monitor (OPM) C-Band (50 GHz,
10x10G MUX circuit pack PG.3 8-174 2 Port) circuit pack PG.3 8-259
10x10GE MUX circuit pack PG.3 8-174 OSIC circuit pack PG.3 8-168
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack PG.3 8-174 PKT I/F 40G 4xXFP circuit pack PG.3 8-175
2.5G MOTR circuit pack PG.3 8-153 sCMD4 circuit pack PG.3 8-262, PG.3 8-265
2x10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-155 SFP+ module PG.3 8-217, PG.3 8-220
2xOSC circuit pack PG.3 8-234 single line amplifier circuit pack PG.3 8-236,
2xOSC ports on shelf processor SPAP-2 PG.3 8-255
w/2xOSC PG.3 8-234 SLA circuit pack PG.3 8-236, PG.3 8-255
40/41/43G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-163 SLIC Idler circuit pack PG.3 8-260
40/43G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-163 SLIC10 circuit pack PG.3 8-260
40G MUX OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-165 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack PG.3 8-263
40G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-163 SuperMux circuit pack PG.3 8-176
40G OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-159 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
40G UOCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-166 pack PG.3 8-161
4x10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-155 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack PG.3
4xOPS circuit pack PG.3 8-268 8-256
84xDS1 TM circuit pack PG.3 8-233 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack PG.3
BMD2 module PG.3 8-265 8-256
CCMD12 circuit pack PG.3 8-264 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack PG.3
CMD44 module PG.3 8-261 8-256
DSCM module PG.3 8-266 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack PG.3
ESCON SFP module PG.3 8-214 8-258
GE/FC100/FC200 PG.3 8-140 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack PG.3
GE/FC100/FC200/FC400 PG.3 8-140 8-258
LIM circuit pack PG.3 8-246 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 w/coupler circuit
line interface module circuit pack PG.3 8-246 pack PG.3 8-258
midstage line amplifier 2 circuit pack PG.3 optical specifications, frame length
8-241, PG.3 8-244 circuit pack PG.3 8-290
midstage line amplifier circuit pack PG.3 8-238 optical specifications, latency
MLA circuit pack PG.3 8-238 circuit pack PG.3 8-290
MLA2 circuit pack PG.3 8-241, PG.3 8-244 optical transceivers PG.3 7-1
Multirate CWDM SFP module PG.3 8-215 optical/front electrical shelf components 201.1
Multirate DWDM XFP module PG.3 8-186 3-7, PG.1 3-8
Multi-rate DWDM/CWDM XFP module PG.3 optical/rear electrical shelf components 201.1
8-186 3-9, PG.1 3-9
Multirate DWDMSFP module PG.3 8-208 OPTMON facility
Multirate SFP module PG.3 8-210 editing 310.1 1-112
Multirate tunable DWDM XFP module PG.3 parameters 102.4 1-199, 310.1 1-374
8-199 OPU AIS (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-346
OC-12/STM-4 CWDM PG.3 8-132 OPU Payload Type Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-179
OC-192/STM-64 PG.3 8-122 ordering
OC-3/12/STM-1/4 SFP PG.3 8-134 OME1110 151 2-20
OC-3/STM-1 CWDM PG.3 8-132 10/100BT cable assemblies 151 4-30
OC-48/STM-16 PG.3 8-127 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel 151 3-84

4-52 Master index
ordering (continued) OSC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-194

40G MSPP interface circuit packs 151 3-23 OSC Signal Degrade alarm 543.2 5-188
access panel cables 151 4-5 OSI data communications on the 6500 PG.4
bays and accessories 151 2-2 9-229
BIP alarm cables 151 4-11 OSI rlogin support PG.4 9-43
Broadband interface circuit packs 151 3-24 OSI tools 310.1 3-22
CAP 151 5-15 OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-94
CFP module 151 3-80 alarms 102.4 1-97
common circuit packs 151 3-2 equipping rules 102.4 1-98
data interface circuit packs 151 3-21 optical specifications PG.3 8-168
documentation 151 5-11 Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-25
DS1 cable assemblies 151 4-24 technical specifications 102.4 1-99
DS3 cable assemblies 151 4-24 OSIC OTM2 facility
DSM hardware 151 3-85 parameters 102.4 1-185, 310.1 1-339
E1 cable assemblies 151 4-22 OSPF
E3 cable assemblies 151 4-24 IP routing protocols PG.4 9-310
EC-1 cable assemblies 151 4-24 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarms 543.2 5-193
electrical interface circuit packs 151 3-81 OSPF Area Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-196
electrical interface hardware 151 3-82 OSPF circuit
fiber manager 151 2-22 adding entry 310.1 3-18
GE electrical cable assemblies 151 4-30 deleting entry 310.1 3-20
Manufacture discontinued items 151 7-1 parameters 310.1 3-36
MSPP interface circuit packs 151 3-15 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-28
new items in release PG.2 6-1 OSPF database reduction
OMX 151 2-22 parameters 310.1 3-35
optical fiber patch cords 151 4-2 OSPF router
optical interface hardware 151 3-84 adding entry 310.1 3-18
Photonic interface circuit packs 151 3-36 deleting entry 310.1 3-20
Photonic interface modules 151 3-36 parameters 310.1 3-39
power cables 151 4-12 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-27
right to use licenses 151 5-4 OSPF router parameters
SDH interface circuit packs 151 3-15 provisioning 221 2-22
services 151 5-10 OSPF routes distribution
SFP module 151 3-69 provisioning 221 2-43
shelf 151 2-5 OTM Info
shelf brackets 151 2-15 parameters 310.1 1-423
software 151 5-2 OTM info
SONET interface circuit packs 151 3-15 retrieving 310.1 1-169
staging 151 5-10 OTM0/OTM1/OTMFLEX facility
STM-1e cable assemblies 151 4-27 parameters
summary table 151 6-5 applicability 310.1 1-321
XFP module 151 3-59, 151 3-78 OTM1 facility
orderwire parameters 310.1 1-317
application PG.2 4-43 OTM2 facility
OSC facility measuring raw BER 520 1-76
editing 310.1 1-112 parameters 310.1 1-323
parameters 310.1 1-404 applicability 310.1 1-332, 310.1 1-334,
OSC Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-183 310.1 1-337
OSC OSPF

Master index 4-53
OTM2 mapping facility

P
Packet Rate Limit Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-208
OTM3 facility
Packet Rate Limit Exceeded alarm - CPU2 543.2
5-209
applicability 102.4 1-196, 310.1 1-351
packet-optical shelf components PG.1 3-15
OTM4 facility
parallel telemetry 543.1 1-26, 543.1 2-10
parameters
ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber
OTM4 mapping facility
facility 310.1 1-378
AMP facility 310.1 1-370
OTMn facility
ARP proxy 310.1 3-49
editing 310.1 1-112
ARP table 310.1 3-49
OTMn physical adjacency 310.1 1-19, PG.1
bandwidth profiles 320.2 11-13
2-101
CHC facility 310.1 1-401
OTMn wavelength and power
class of service 320.2 9-7
auto-provisioning 310.1 1-30
class of service scheduler 320.2 9-7
OTN FLEX MOTR circuit pack
class of service, displaying 320.2 9-4
class of service, editing 320.2 9-5
OTR and OTSC circuit packs
connectivity provisioning 320.2 17-9, 320.2
17-10
1-51
connectivity, viewing 320.2 17-4
OTS
count path connections 320.1 3-199
adding
database replication services 310.1 3-64
DHCP 310.1 3-65
deleting 310.2 8-8
DISP facility 310.1 1-405
editing 310.2 8-6
DS1 facility 310.1 1-302
DS1DS3 facility 310.1 1-310
management 310.2 8-1
DS1WAN facility 310.1 1-315
OTS equipment parameters 310.2 8-12
DS3 facility 310.1 1-306, 310.1 1-310
OTS facility parameters 310.2 8-12
DS3WAN facility 310.1 1-315
OTS instance
DSM OAM link 310.1 3-50
adding 301 5-50
E1 facility 310.1 1-308
displaying 301 5-39
E1DS3 facility 310.1 1-310
OTS Management PG.2 5-17
E1E3 facility 310.1 1-310
OTS management
E1WAN facility 310.1 1-315
overview 310.2 8-1
E3 facility 310.1 1-309, 310.1 1-310
E3WAN facility 310.1 1-315
OTS management parameters 310.2 8-10
EC-1 facility 310.1 1-307
OTS Provisioning Error alarm 543.2 5-197
endpoint mapping 320.2 14-12
OTU and ODU TTI auto-provisioning 310.1 1-28
endpoint mapping for tunnels 320.2 13-60,
OTU BDI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-346
320.2 14-19
OTU performance monitoring 520 1-15
endpoint mapping for virtual circuits 320.2
OTU Signal Degrade alarm 543.2 5-202
13-46
OTU Trace Identifier Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-170
environmental alarm labels 543.1 2-3
Output Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-205
equipment 310.1 1-177, 310.1 1-186
output power cable
ESI 310.2 5-47
connecting to 1U BIP/FIP 201.1 4-142
ESO 310.2 5-49
ETH facility 310.1 1-205
ETH100 facility 310.1 1-205

4-54 Master index
parameters (continued) parameters (continued)

ETH100G facility 310.1 1-205 OTM1 facility 310.1 1-317
ETH10G facility 310.1 1-205 OTM2 facility 310.1 1-323, 310.1 1-332, 310.1
ETH40G facility 310.1 1-205 1-334, 310.1 1-337
EVPL connections 320.1 6-12 OTM3 facility 102.4 1-196, 310.1 1-343, 310.1
external control labels 543.1 2-2 1-351
facility 310.1 1-177 OTM4 facility 310.1 1-353
FC100/200/400 facility 310.1 1-369 OTS equipment 310.2 8-12
FC1200 facility 310.1 1-367 OTS facility 310.2 8-12
FLEX facility for 2x10G OTR 310.1 1-361 OTS management 310.2 8-10
FLEX facility for 40G MUX OCI 310.1 1-361 path connections 320.1 3-141
FLEX facility for FLEX MOTR 310.1 1-363 path provisioning 310.1 1-417
FLEX facility for OTN FLEX MOTR 310.1 1-363 Photonic connections 320.1 5-19
forwarding database 320.2 18-16 port filter 310.1 3-41
forwarding database, Backup tab 320.2 18-21 PPP 310.1 3-61
forwarding database, Entries tab 320.2 18-16 profile provisioning 320.2 10-19
FTP 310.1 3-66 protection 310.2 7-133
G.8032 ERP group list 320.3 24-4, 320.3 24-7 protection exerciser 310.2 7-137
GNE 310.1 3-51 queue group drop profiles 320.3 21-9
GRE 310.1 3-52 queue group profiles 320.3 20-16
HTTP/HTTPS 310.1 3-67 queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 22-11
IDLER facility 102.4 1-200, 310.1 1-376 ranges
IISIS circuit 310.1 3-29, 310.1 3-30 ETH10G 310.1 1-411
IISIS router 310.1 3-31 OC192/STM64 310.1 1-411
IISIS routers 310.1 3-32 OC48/STM16 310.1 1-411
IISIS routing table 310.1 3-47 OC768/STM256 310.1 1-411
IP 310.1 3-53 OTMn 310.1 1-412
IP for RPR connectivity provisioning 320.2 rate limiting, displaying 320.2 9-4
17-10 rate limiting, editing 320.2 9-5
IP routing table 310.1 3-47 receive class of service profiles 320.2 7-12
IP static route 310.1 3-32 reverse port NAT 310.1 3-34
LAG facility 310.1 1-292 Ring APS Configuration Editor
LAN 310.1 3-54 application 320.1 1-24
lower layer DCC/GCC 310.1 3-56 ring APS provisioning 320.1 2-21
NAT 310.1 3-68 ring information, viewing 320.2 16-3
node information 301 4-67 ring management protection 320.2 15-20
OAM for RPR connectivity provisioning 320.2 ring management provisioning 320.2 15-15
17-9 ring management quality of service 320.2
OC192 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-201 15-22
OC48 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-201 ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-53, 320.3
OC768 facility 310.1 1-201 25-61
OCn facility 310.1 1-198 ring topology 320.2 16-4
ODU connections 320.1 4-18 ring, E-SPRing 320.3 26-51
OPTMON facility 102.4 1-199, 310.1 1-374 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-50, 320.3 25-57
OSC facility 310.1 1-404 section trace 310.1 1-414
OSIC OTM2 facility 102.4 1-185, 310.1 1-339 serial/RS-232 310.1 3-62
OSPF circuit 310.1 3-36 service activation (tunnel endpoint map
OSPF database reduction 310.1 3-35 provisioning) 320.2 10-39
OSPF router 310.1 3-39 service activation (tunnel segment
OTM info 310.1 1-423 provisioning) 320.2 10-37, 320.2 10-38

Master index 4-55
parameters (continued) passive components

service activation (VCE map adding 102.6 1-412, 221 5-3
provisioning) 320.2 10-30 passive configuration on 2-slot shelf
service activation (VCE provisioning) 320.2 creating 102.6 1-426, 102.6 1-428, 221 5-15,
10-24 221 5-17
service activation (VCS provisioning) 320.2 Passive Mux/Demux modules
10-22 replacing 545 2-104
SNMP agent 310.2 4-46 passive OTS network
SNMP configuration 310.2 4-48 adding a channel 221 5-24
SNMP group mapping 310.2 4-49 equalizing 221 5-18
SNMP trap destinations 310.2 4-47 passive OTS network procedures 221 5-1
SNMP user community 310.2 4-47 passive OTS, amplifier
SNMP user groups 310.2 4-50 creating 102.6 1-423, 221 5-12
SNMP USM user 310.2 4-48 passive OTS, channel access
SNMP views 310.2 4-49 creating 102.6 1-418, 221 5-8
SSH 310.1 3-67 password
static entries 320.2 18-22 aging 301 2-5
static NAT 310.1 3-34 changing 301 2-49
STM16 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-201 configuring requirements 301 2-44
STM1E facility 310.1 1-204 debug port, login authentication settings 301
STM256 facility 310.1 1-201 2-62
STM64 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-201 defaults, editing 301 2-42
STMn facility 310.1 1-198 editing 301 2-49
SWT 310.2 10-4 expiration 301 2-5
synchronization 310.2 5-45 invalid password list, deleting entry 301 2-51,
TAP 310.2 6-34 301 2-52
TAS 310.2 6-34 invalid, displaying 301 2-50
Telnet 310.1 3-66 management 301 2-3
test access 310.2 6-34 reusing 301 2-5
test access channel 310.2 6-34 syntax 301 2-3
timing reference 310.2 5-47 passwords 301 2-44
TL1 gateway connections 310.1 3-63 pasting
TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-409 SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-56
trail trace 310.1 1-415 path (STS/HO VC) error alarms 543.1 4-240
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 8-12 path (VT/LO VC) error alarms 543.1 4-240
tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-58 path connection
tunnel segment 320.2 12-50, 320.2 13-63 in-service rollover
upper layer DCC 310.1 3-44 all connections on port 320.1 3-59
VCAT Status 310.1 1-422 provisioning
VCE 320.2 12-41, 320.2 13-38 1+1 linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-70
VCS 320.2 12-39, 320.2 13-56 BLSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 12-41, 320.2 path connections PG.2 5-9
13-38 1WAY unidirectional 320.1 3-4
virtual circuit segment 320.2 12-39, 320.2 1WAYPR unidirectional 320.1 3-5
13-56 2WAY bidirectional 320.1 3-5
visible NE information 310.1 3-46 2WAYDPR bidirectional 320.1 3-7
VOA facility 310.1 1-408 2WAYPR bidirectional 320.1 3-6
WAN facility 310.1 1-261 48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) 320.1 3-27
adding 320.1 3-43

4-56 Master index
path connections (continued) provisioning (continued)

Backplane bandwidth allocation single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR
algorithms 320.1 3-33 (bidirectional) 320.1 3-133
Backplane bandwidth engineering rules 320.1 SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-99
3-33 SNCP with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
Backplane bandwidth fragmentation 320.1 3-129
3-31 UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-99
Backplane Bandwidth Query toolset 320.1 UPSR with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
3-32 3-129
connection blocking 320.1 3-10 retrieving 320.1 3-40
count path connections 320.1 3-31 time slot assignment (TSA) 320.1 3-22
deleting 320.1 3-53 time slot interchange (TSI) 320.1 3-22
editing 320.1 3-51 TMUX Provisioning tool 320.1 3-55
Ethernet drop-and-continue types 320.1 3-4
path connection 320.1 3-123 path connections counts
extra traffic 320.1 3-25 retrieving 320.1 3-140
in-service rollover 320.1 3-28 path connections management 320.1 3-1
individual connection 320.1 3-66 in-service rollover
international gateway 320.1 3-23 all connections on port 320.1 3-59
loopback 320.1 3-10 individual connection 320.1 3-66
management PG.2 5-15 path interconnections
parameters 320.1 3-141 payload 320.1 3-11
provisioning path provisioning
BLSR and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 non-WAN endpoints, options 310.1 1-419
3-81 WAN endpoints, options 310.1 1-420
BLSR with subtending UPSR path provisioning, parameters 310.1 1-417
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 path trace
drop-and-continue BLSR 320.1 3-89 editing 310.1 1-158
drop-and-continue HERS 320.1 3-89 retrieving 310.1 1-158
drop-and-continue MS-SPRing 320.1 3-89 payload
DS1 broadcast 320.1 3-137 path interconnections 320.1 3-11
dual feed (add/drop node) GE 320.1 3-123 Payload Extended Label Mismatch alarm 543.2
dual feed (redundant) GE 320.1 3-116 5-210
dual feed GE 320.1 3-110 Payload Label Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-212
dual feed unprotected chain 320.1 3-95 PDH
Ethernet drop-and-continue linear system testing 221 8-19
configuration 320.1 3-73 PDH application PG.2 4-16
Ethernet drop-and-continue PDH circuit pack
UPSR/SNCP 320.1 3-104 replacing 545 2-44
HERS (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77 testing 221 6-55
HERS and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-12
3-81 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-27
HERS with subtending UPSR alarms 102.7 2-19
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 cross-connection rates 102.7 2-17
MSP linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-70 cross-connection types 102.7 2-17
MS-SPRing (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77 equipping rules 102.7 2-22
MS-SPRing and linear spur operational measurements 520 1-230
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-81 performance monitoring 102.7 2-18
MS-SPRing with subtending SNCP protection 310.2 7-13
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 supported SFPs 102.7 2-17

Master index 4-57
PDH gateway circuit pack (continued) performance monitoring (continued)

technical specifications 102.7 2-22 clearing
PDH Gateway equipment protection operational measurements 520 1-55
testing 221 6-59 copying
performance monitoring 301 5-39, 520 1-24, PM profiles 520 1-61
PG.2 5-25 PM threshold profiles 520 1-61
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-14 counts
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-85 clearing history 520 1-40
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-39 retrieving history counts 520 1-44
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-14 disabling 520 1-25
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 displaying 301 5-39
2-14 DSM 102.2 1-60
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-39 editing
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 monitor mode 520 1-65
4-8 PM profiles 520 1-59
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-8 PM threshold profiles 520 1-59
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-20 enabling 520 1-25
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-34 Enhanced CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-21 1-209
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-61 facility PM counts
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-61 clearing untimed OTU 520 1-68
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-67 restarting current 520 1-40
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-48 restarting untimed OTU 520 1-68
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-17 retrieving counts 520 1-37
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-13 retrieving untimed OTU 520 1-66
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-7 FEC corrections
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-34 PFEC (OTM2 NGM) 520 1-293
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-30 PFEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 1-317
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-37 PFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-332
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-25 QFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-325, 520 1-340
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-115 RS8 FEC (OTM1 G.709) 520 1-271
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-40 RS8 FEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 1-278
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-39 RS8 FEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 1-309
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-47 SCFEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 1-285
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-31 FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-238
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-9 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-43
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-73 functions 520 1-21
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-59 count binning 520 1-21
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-8 graphical PMs 520 1-23
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5 PM profiles 520 1-21
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-51 PM TCA suppression 520 1-23
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-14 thresholding 520 1-21
abbreviations 520 1-1 tide marking 520 1-24
assigning HCCS reference attribute 520 1-269
PM profile, default 520 1-58 editing 520 1-70
PM threshold profile 520 1-64 retrieving 520 1-69
PM threshold profile, default 520 1-58 history counts, retrieving 520 1-44
baselines 520 1-20 impact of restarts 520 1-25
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-142 inhibition 520 1-25

4-58 Master index
performance monitoring (continued) operational measurements (continued)

initializing physical baseline power level 520 parameters, L2SS circuit pack 520 1-230
1-48 parameters, OTN FLEX MOTR circuit
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-48 pack 520 1-249
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-7 parameters, PDH gateway circuit pack 520
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-63 1-230
low order PM parameters, RPR circuit pack 520 1-236
monitor mode, editing 520 1-65 parameters, SuperMux circuit pack 520
measuring raw BER on OTM2 facilities 520 1-242
1-76 optical monitoring points
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-28 50 GHz OPM circuit pack 520 1-148
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-40 enhanced CMD44 module 520 1-150
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-40 LIM circuit pack 520 1-142
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-52 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-29, 520 1-139
MLA, collected PMs 102.6 1-53 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-29, 520 1-139
MLA2, collected PMs 102.6 1-41 MLA3 circuit pack 520 1-139
monitor mode SLA circuit pack 520 1-140
editing 520 1-65 SCMD4 circuit pack 102.6 1-126
monitored entities 520 1-4 SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-105, 520
OTN performance monitoring 520 1-15 1-153
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-135
pack 102.1 2-23 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit
OME1110 250 1-8 pack 102.6 1-83, 520 1-144
operational measurements 520 1-18 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit
counts, clearing 520 1-55 pack 102.6 1-73, 520 1-143
counts, retrieving 520 1-50 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
parameters, 10/100BT circuit pack 520 1-105, 102.6 1-106, 102.6 1-116, 102.6
1-227 1-210, 520 1-146, 520 1-147
parameters, 100G circuit pack 520 1-253 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6
parameters, 100GE circuit pack 520 1-227 1-93, 520 1-146, 520 1-147
parameters, 10G OTR circuit pack 520 OTMn facility
1-240 HCCS reference attribute
parameters, 10G OTSC circuit pack 520 HCCS reference attribute, retrieving 520
1-240 1-69
parameters, 10GEL WT circuit pack 520 OTU HCCS reference attribute
1-240 retrieving 520 1-69
parameters, 20G L2SS circuit pack 520 OTU HCCS reference attribute, editing 520
1-230 1-70
parameters, 2x10G OTR circuit pack 520 overview 520 1-4
1-240 parameters 520 1-12
parameters, 40G circuit packs 520 1-251 definitions (Broadband circuit packs) 520
parameters, definitions (Broadband circuit 1-191
packs) 520 1-262 definitions (MSPP circuit packs) 520 1-175
parameters, definitions (MSPP circuit definitions (Photonic circuit packs) 520
packs) 520 1-255 1-211
parameters, FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 facility 520 1-13
1-249 facility, location, direction (Broadband circuit
parameters, GE circuit pack 520 1-227 packs) 520 1-164
parameters, L2 MOTR circuit pack 520
1-244

Master index 4-59
parameters (continued) parameters by facility (continued)

facility, location, direction (MSPP circuit MLA2 circuit pack 520 1-133
packs) 520 1-154 MLA3 circuit pack 520 1-133
facility, location, direction (Photonic circuit MXC circuit pack 520 1-81
packs) 520 1-174 NGM WT circuit pack 520 1-105
low order (LO VC3, VT1.5/VC11, VT2/VC12) OCn/STMn circuit packs 520 1-81
facilities 520 1-14 PDH gateway circuit pack 520 1-81, 520
measurement mode 520 1-13 1-90, 520 1-92
physical 520 1-18 RPR circuit pack 520 1-92
protection switching 520 1-17 SCMD4 circuit pack 520 1-135
parameters by facility SLA circuit pack 520 1-133
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 520 SLIC10 circuit pack 520 1-138
1-114 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 520 1-138
10/100BT circuit pack 520 1-92 SuperMux circuit pack 520 1-110
100G circuit packs 520 1-128 TransMux circuit pack 520 1-90
10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-105 WSS w/OPM circuit pack 520 1-134
10G OTSC circuit pack 520 1-105 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-18
10GE circuit packs 520 1-92 performance monitoring counts
1xOC192/STM64 DWDM circuit packs 520 clearing current 520 1-40
1-96 physical baseline power level, initializing 520
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 520 1-105 1-48
20G (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n LO circuit physical baseline power level, resetting 520
pack 520 1-87 1-45
20G L2SS circuit pack 520 1-92 PM counts
2-Port OPM circuit pack 520 1-134 clearing untimed 520 1-42
2x10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-105 restarting untimed 520 1-42
40//43G OCI circuit packs, Broadband retrieving 520 1-37
services 520 1-119 PM graph
40G MUX OCI circuit packs, Broadband retrieving 520 1-71
services 520 1-119 pre-FEC BER
40G OCI circuit packs, Broadband PFEC (OTM2 NGM) 520 1-293
services 520 1-119 PFEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 1-317
40G OCLD circuit packs, Broadband PFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-332
services 520 1-119 QFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-325, 520 1-340
40G UOCLD circuit packs 520 1-119 RS8 FEC (OTM1 G.709) 520 1-271
40G XCIF circuit packs 520 1-99 RS8 FEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 1-278
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack, Broadband RS8 FEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 1-309
services 520 1-125 SCFEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 1-285
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 520 1-114 Pre-FEC signal degrade
CCMD12 circuit pack 520 1-137 clearing times 520 1-270
electrical circuit packs 520 1-81 detection times 520 1-270
enhanced CMD44 module 520 1-136 profiles
FGA circuit pack 520 1-133 assigning 520 1-64
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 1-114 assigning default 520 1-58
GE circuit packs 520 1-92 copying 520 1-61
L2 MOTR circuit pack 520 1-114 editing 520 1-59
L2SS circuit pack 520 1-92 retrieving 520 1-57, 520 1-62
LIM circuit pack 520 1-133 setting default 520 1-58
MLA circuit pack 520 1-133 raw BER (OTM2), measuring 520 1-76

4-60 Master index
performance monitoring (continued) performance monitoring (continued)

resetting physical baseline power level 520 untimed OTU counts
1-45 clearing 520 1-68
restarting untimed OTU counts 520 1-68 restarting 520 1-68
retrieving retrieving 520 1-66
operational measurements 520 1-50 untimed PM counts
PM profiles 520 1-57 clearing/restarting 520 1-42
PM threshold profiles 520 1-57 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
PM thresholds 520 1-62 pack 102.4 1-9
profiles 520 1-62 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
untimed OTU counts 520 1-66 1-82
retrieving round trip delay measurements 520 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6
1-73 1-72
round trip delay measurement 520 1-26 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 w/coupler circuit
round trip delay measurements pack 102.6 1-104
retrieving 520 1-73 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-65 1-92
SCMD4 circuit pack 102.6 1-125 Performance monitoring and operational
setting measurements PG.2 5-25
PM profile, default 520 1-58 performing
PM threshold profile, default 520 1-58 lamp test 543.1 2-39
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-17 profiles provisioning 320.2 10-5
SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-104 service activation for tunnels 320.2 10-15
SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-133 service activation for virtual circuits 320.2 10-7
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-20 performing lamp test
Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-25 using Visualization tool 301 5-45
supported facilities Photonic
Broadband circuit packs 520 1-101 measuring amplifier output power 543.1 2-51
tables 520 1-80 reflective event 543.1 2-45
thresholds Photonic circuit packs
assigning profile 520 1-64 optical interface, ordering 151 3-36
assigning profile, default 520 1-58 roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.6
copying profiles 520 1-61 1-287
default values (Broadband circuit Photonic connections
packs) 520 1-221, 520 1-226 1WAY unidirectional 320.1 5-3
default values (MSPP circuit packs) 520 2WAY bidirectional 320.1 5-6
1-213 adding 320.1 5-15
editing profiles 520 1-59 connection ID 320.1 5-11
maximum values (Broadband circuit deleting 320.1 5-17
packs) 520 1-221, 520 1-226 derived 320.1 5-10
maximum values (MSPP circuit packs) 520 loopback 320.1 5-11
1-213 overview 320.1 5-1
retrieving 520 1-62 parameters 320.1 5-19
retrieving profiles 520 1-57 provisioned 320.1 5-10
setting profile, default 520 1-58 retrieving 320.1 5-13
time intervals 520 1-20 types 320.1 5-3
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6 photonic connections PG.2 5-10
photonic layer
testing 221 4-95

Master index 4-61
photonic layer provisioning 221 3-1 pluggable

photonic layer site testing 221 4-1 deleting 310.1 1-68
Photonic modules editing
optical interface, ordering 151 3-36 primary state 310.1 1-65
Photonic Optical Signal facility Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Fail alarm 543.2 5-214
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-42 Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Missing alarm 543.2
photonic OTS 5-215
provisioning 221 3-3 Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Unknown alarm 543.2
photonic parameters 5-216
provisioning 221 3-12 Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Fail alarm 543.2 5-214
Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-243 Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Missing alarm 543.2
2150 passive optical multiplexer chassis 102.6 5-215
1-244 Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Unknown alarm 543.2
alarms 102.6 1-268 5-216
Band splitter 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-251 pluggable I/O carriers
CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-8
Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100 GHz Pluggable I/O Panel Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-217
modules 102.6 1-246 Pluggable I/O Panel Missing alarm 543.2 5-218
CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux Pluggable I/O Panel Unknown alarm 543.2 5-219
Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz modules 102.6 pluggable I/O panels
1-249 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-8
CN-51S-00 Optical Service Channel Filter (1-Ch pluggable module
OSCF CWDM 1511 nm) 102.6 1-257 installing 201.1 4-194
DSCM modules 102.6 1-259 removing 201.1 4-194
equipping rules 102.6 1-268 supported PG.3 7-3
technical specifications 102.6 1-270 supported facilities PG.3 7-32
photonic provisioning pluggable shelf assignment 310.1 1-177
on existing network 221 3-33 Pluggables
photonic services PG.2 5-17 overview PG.3 7-1
physical PM parameters 520 1-18 pluggables PG.3 7-47
physical specifications PG.3 8-2 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-9
ping functionality PG.3 7-47
CLI 301 10-22 PM graphing PG.2 5-26
ping tools 310.1 3-22 PM profiles PG.2 5-25
pinouts 102.1 3-61, PG.3 8-90 PM, see performance monitoring
access panel connectors 102.1 3-58, 102.1 Point-to-point optical broadband services PG.1
3-63, PG.3 8-92 1-9
BIP connectors 102.1 3-18, 102.1 3-61, 102.2 port
1-71, PG.3 8-90 graphics, displaying 301 5-36
DS1 cable PG.3 8-118 Port Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-220
DS1 cables 102.2 1-74 port blocking PG.4 9-284
DSM connectors PG.3 8-108 port filter
E1 120 ohm cable 102.2 1-16, PG.3 8-114 adding 310.1 3-18
E1 75 ohm cable 102.2 1-14, PG.3 8-112 deleting 310.1 3-20
shelf processor connectors 102.1 1-19, PG.3 parameters 310.1 3-41
8-106 provisioning 221 2-36
PKT I/F 40G 4xXFP circuit pack port filtering PG.4 9-284
optical specifications PG.3 8-175 port mode 310.1 1-35
planning
DCN PG.4 9-1

4-62 Master index
power PG.3 8-24 preserve comms data option

cables, ordering 151 4-12 DCN PG.4 9-324
specifications PG.3 8-24 Primary RADIUS Accounting Server Unavailable
power cables, connecting to the shelf 201.1 4-136 alarm 543.2 5-235
power cycle 543.1 1-26 Primary RADIUS Server Unavailable alarm 543.2
Power Failure - A (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-225 5-237
Power Failure - A alarm 543.2 5-222 Primary Shelf Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-239
Power Failure - B (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-225 primary state
Power Failure - B alarm 543.2 5-222 equipment 310.1 1-185
Power Failure - Fuse Blown alarm 543.2 5-226 editing 310.1 1-65
Power Failure - Low Voltage alarm 543.2 5-228 facility 310.1 1-185
power ground specifications PG.3 8-381 editing 310.1 1-108
power grounding PG.3 8-381 printing
power input card CommLog content 301 9-15
replacing 545 2-171 Visualization tool view 301 5-34
power input cards 102.1 3-19 private IP 310.1 3-9
equipping rules 102.1 3-39 procedures
technical specifications 102.1 3-40 alarm 543.1 2-10
power levels alarm management 543.1 2-10
Photonic alarm monitoring 543.1 2-10
recording 543.1 2-48 alarm profiles 543.1 2-10
power requirements 201.1 3-26 alarm provisioning 543.1 2-10
powering up event 543.1 2-10
network element 221 2-5 external alarm 543.1 2-10
PPP external control relay 543.1 2-10
editing 310.1 3-16 Photonic system
parameters 310.1 3-61 alarms 543.1 2-11
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-42 logs 543.1 2-11
Pre-FEC Signal degrade alarm 543.2 5-230 maintenance 543.1 2-11
Pre-FEC Signal Fail alarm 543.2 5-233 product overview PG.1 1-1
preferences profile provisioning
network element or Site Manager time parameters 320.2 10-19
zone 543.1 2-12 profiles
preparing for installation 201.1 3-1 alarm 543.1 1-24
floor 201.1 4-16 alarm profile details, retrieving 543.1 2-22
materials list 201.1 3-27 alarm, editing 543.1 2-23
Metro front electrical shelf components 201.1 alarm, retrieving 543.1 2-22
3-11 profiles provisioning
optical shelf components 201.1 3-3, 201.1 performing 320.2 10-5
3-19 protection
optical/front electrical shelf components 201.1 1+1
3-7 overview 310.2 7-11
optical/rear electrical shelf components 201.1 provisioning groups 310.2 7-10
3-9 switch criteria 310.2 7-10
power requirements 201.1 3-26 1+1 linear
rack configurations 201.1 3-23 overview 310.2 7-24
shelf configurations 201.1 3-2 switch criteria 310.2 7-26
tools and materials list 201.1 3-27 1+1 OTN line-side 310.2 7-36
1+1 TPT 310.2 7-48

Master index 4-63
protection (continued) protection (continued)

1:N releasing
overview 310.2 7-4 forced switch on
switch criteria 310.2 7-7 facility/equipment/path 310.2 7-120
20G L2SS circuit pack 310.2 7-13 forced switch on synchronization 310.2
2-Fiber BLSR 7-132
overview 310.2 7-62 lockout on facility/equipment 310.2 7-120
provisioning groups 310.2 7-66 lockout on synchronization 310.2 7-132
2-Fiber MS-SPRing manual switch on facility/equipment 310.2
overview 310.2 7-62 7-120
provisioning groups 310.2 7-66 resilient packet ring, adding 320.2 15-11
4-Fiber BLSR resilient packet ring, deleting 320.2 15-14
overview 310.2 7-73 resilient packet ring, editing 320.2 15-13
provisioning groups 310.2 7-79 RPR
4-Fiber HERS overview 310.2 7-85
overview 310.2 7-73 switch criteria 310.2 7-85
provisioning groups 310.2 7-79 RPR span details, displaying 320.2 15-5
4-Fiber MS-SPRing RPR, adding 320.2 15-11
overview 310.2 7-73 RPR, deleting 320.2 15-14
provisioning groups 310.2 7-79 RPR, editing 320.2 15-13
84xDS1 TM circuit pack 310.2 7-10 SDH-J 1+1 linear
cross-connect circuit pack 310.2 7-3 overview 310.2 7-28
DCC PG.4 9-224 SNCP
DS3/EC-1 circuit pack 310.2 7-4 overview 310.2 7-81
E1 circuit pack 310.2 7-4 switch criteria 310.2 7-83
equipment 310.2 7-2 traffic 310.2 7-82
E-SPRing SP 310.2 7-14
overview 310.2 7-86 STM-1e circuit pack 310.2 7-4
L2SS circuit pack 310.2 7-13 synchronization 310.2 7-87
MSP linear traffic 310.2 7-18
overview 310.2 7-24 Trans Mux circuit pack 310.2 7-11
operating UPSR
forced switch on overview 310.2 7-81
facility/equipment/path 310.2 7-116 switch criteria 310.2 7-83
forced switch on synchronization 310.2 traffic 310.2 7-82
7-130 Protection Channel Match Fail alarm 543.1 4-21
lockout on facility/equipment 310.2 7-116 Protection Default K-bytes alarm 543.2 5-242
lockout on synchronization 310.2 7-130 protection exerciser
manual switch on 1:N 310.2 7-9
facility/equipment/path 310.2 7-116 allowing to run as scheduled 310.2 7-126
manual switch on synchronization 310.2 inhibiting to run as scheduled 310.2 7-126
7-130 parameters 310.2 7-137
parameters 310.2 7-133 retrieving schedule 310.2 7-125
PDH gateway circuit pack 310.2 7-13 running manually 310.2 7-126
protection exerciser scheduling 310.2 7-122
1:N 310.2 7-9 Protection Exerciser Failed alarm 543.2 5-244
traffic 310.2 7-87 Protection Exerciser Failed Protection
alarm 543.2 5-247
Protection Exerciser Failed Working alarm 543.2
5-251

4-64 Master index
protection groups provisioning (continued)

displaying 301 5-39 connection
highlighting 301 5-37 BLSR with subtending UPSR
Protection Invalid K-bytes alarm 543.2 5-255 (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85
Protection Locked alarm 543.2 5-258 SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-99
Protection Mode Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-259 UPSR with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
protection parameters 3-129
editing craft access 221 2-49
electrical equipment 310.2 7-108 craft OSPF/IISIS 221 2-51
optical equipment 310.2 7-103 DCC parameters 221 2-38
optical facilities 310.2 7-103 debug port login, authentication settings 301
protection scheme 2-62
editing Dynamic NAT 221 2-35
electrical equipment 310.2 7-105 environmental alarm attributes 543.1 2-41
optical equipment 310.2 7-93 E-SPRing configuration 310.2 7-86
optical facilities 310.2 7-93 GCC parameters 221 2-38
retrieving 310.2 7-92 GRE tunnels 221 2-40
Protection Scheme Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-261 HTTP server 221 2-48
protection status, retrieving 310.2 7-114 IISIS router parameters 221 2-30
Protection Sub-module Mismatch alarm 543.2 IISIS routes distribution 221 2-44
5-262 ILAN 221 2-23
Protection Sub-module Missing alarm 543.2 IP access control list 301 2-78
5-263 logical shelf number 301 4-47
Protection Sub-module Unknown alarm 543.2 manually, circuit pack 310.1 1-53
5-264 manually, DSM 84xDS1 TM 310.1 1-60
Protection Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-269 manually, pluggable 310.1 1-53
Protection Switch Active alarms 543.2 5-265 member shelves 221 2-46
Protection Switch Byte Fail alarm 543.1 4-21 MSP linear 310.2 7-24
Protection Switch Complete - Revertive NAT 221 2-34
alarm 543.2 5-273 OSC OSPF 221 2-32
Protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2 5-270 OSPF router parameters 221 2-22
protection switch mode, retrieving 310.2 7-92 OSPF routes distribution 221 2-43
protection switching path connection
conditions, SP 310.2 7-17 1+1 linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-70
ENUT 310.2 7-70 BLSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77
PM parameters 520 1-17 BLSR and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
priority, SP 310.2 7-17 3-81
testing in a basic configuration 221 8-3 drop-and-continue BLSR 320.1 3-89
provisioned shelf current value, determining 301 drop-and-continue HERS 320.1 3-89
4-42 drop-and-continue MS-SPRing 320.1 3-89
provisioning DS1 broadcast 320.1 3-137
adjacencies 221 3-16 dual feed (redundant) GE 320.1 3-116
automatically, DSM 84xDS1 TM 310.1 1-56 dual feed GE 320.1 3-110
centralized security administration attributes dual feed unprotected chain 320.1 3-95
authentication settings 301 2-64 Ethernet drop-and-continue linear
circuit pack configuration 320.1 3-73
automatically 310.1 1-48 Ethernet drop-and-continue
COLAN 221 2-31 UPSR/SNCP 320.1 3-104
Ethernet dual feed (add/drop node)
GE 320.1 3-123

Master index 4-65
path connection (continued) Provisioning Incompatible alarm 543.2 5-276

HERS (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77 Provisioning Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-280
HERS and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 provisioning parameters for SAT 221 1-11
3-81 proxy ARP
HERS with subtending UPSR IP routing protocols PG.4 9-310
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 provisioning 221 2-33
MSP linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-70
MS-SPRing (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77
MS-SPRing and linear spur
Q
quality level overrides
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-81
synchronization 310.2 5-13
MS-SPRing with subtending SNCP
quality of service
details, displaying 320.2 15-5
single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR
queue group drop profiles
creating 320.3 21-5
SNCP with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
deleting 320.3 21-8
3-129
editing 320.3 21-6
UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-99
photonic OTS 221 3-3
photonic parameters 221 3-12
queue group drop profiles parameters 320.3 21-9
pluggable module
queue group profiles PG.2 5-15
automatically 310.1 1-51
creating 320.3 20-6
port filter 221 2-36
proxy ARP 221 2-33
editing 320.3 20-8
RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-69
RADIUS proxy server 301 2-74
RADIUS server 301 2-65
setting a default 320.3 20-15
reverse port NAT 221 2-37
queue group profiles parameters 320.3 20-16
RPR configuration 310.2 7-85
queue group scheduler profile
SCMD cascading order 310.2 12-4
overview 320.3 22-1
security 221 2-47
queue group scheduler profiles PG.2 5-15
shared secret
creating 320.3 22-5
network element 301 2-73
deleting 320.3 22-9
shelf IP address 221 2-28
editing 320.3 22-6
SNMP trap destinations 221 2-45
SSH server 221 2-48
static routes 221 2-41
SysLog server 301 2-76
test access channel (TAC) 310.2 6-17 R
test access port (TAP) 310.2 6-14 rack
UPSR 310.2 7-82 securing 201.1 4-20
provisioning data unpacking 201.1 4-12
backup details, retrieving 301 6-8 rack, grounding 201.1 4-32
files racks
filename parameters 301 6-5 configurations 201.1 3-23
restoring 301 6-14 RADIUS 301 2-8, 301 2-64
saving 301 6-9 accounting servers
Provisioning Database Freeze Enable disabling 301 2-68
alarm 543.2 5-275 enabling 301 2-68
Provisioning Incompatible - Pluggable provisioning 301 2-69
alarm 543.2 5-279 attributes 301 2-12

4-66 Master index
RADIUS (continued) reconfiguration (continued)

client PG.4 9-286 MLAMLA2/MLA3 amplifier 545 2-227
gateway PG.4 9-286 MRO circuit pack 545 2-220
server optical interface circuit pack 545 2-211
provisioning 301 2-65 shelf processor 545 2-235
shared secret, changing 301 2-71 reconfiguration, network PG.2 4-44
RADIUS accounting 301 2-16 reconfiguring
RADIUS gateway PG.4 9-52 RPR 320.2 19-1
RADIUS proxy server reconfiguring RPR in-service
provisioning 301 2-74 overview 320.2 19-1
ranges recording
dispersion, displaying 310.1 1-150 amplifier gain settings, Photonic 543.1 2-48
displaying 310.1 1-150 power levels, Photonic 543.1 2-48
ETH10G 310.1 1-411 Redundant Database Synch Failed alarm 543.2
OC192/STM64 310.1 1-411 5-281
OC48/STM16 310.1 1-411 Redundant Database Synch in Progress
OC768/STM256 310.1 1-411 alarm 543.2 5-283
optical power, displaying 310.1 1-150 redundant OSPF configuration
OTMn 310.1 1-412 multiple OSPF areas PG.4 9-74
wavelengths, displaying 310.1 1-150 Redundant Release Synch Failed alarm 543.2
rate limits 5-284
parameters 320.2 9-4, 320.2 9-5 Redundant Release Synch in Progress
raw BER (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-285
measuring 520 1-76 redundant SP
RDI (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-347 enhancements
RDI (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-347 IP dead gateway detection (IPDGD) PG.4
RDI (VT/LO VC) alarm 543.2 5-347 9-60
rebooting reflective event
circuit pack 543.1 2-30 locating 543.1 2-45
shelf processor 543.1 2-30 regenerating
receive class of service profiles PG.2 5-12 SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-55
creating 320.2 7-6 SSL keys 301 2-57
deleting 320.2 7-9 regulatory information 201.1 2-1
editing 320.2 7-7 release delivery 301 7-10, 301 7-14
overview 320.2 7-1 release management 301 7-1, 301 7-2, PG.2
parameters 320.2 7-12 5-20
retrieving 320.2 7-5 check release 301 7-2
setting a default 320.2 7-11 deliver release 301 7-2
receiver type 310.1 1-392 expansion pack load
receiving deleting 301 7-31
General Broadcast tool messages 301 9-16 retrieving 301 7-12
recommendations, site engineering 151 1-110 transferring from repository to SP 301 7-28
reconfiguration incremental expansion pack 301 7-3
40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-217 load adoption 301 7-3
40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-217 release server
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-217 deleting 301 7-27
CMD44 50GHz with Enhanced CMD44 setting 301 7-24
50GHz 545 2-231 release servers 301 7-3
cross-connect circuit pack 545 2-198 saving release load files 301 7-3
L2SS circuit pack 545 2-208 service bundles 301 7-4

Master index 4-67
release management (continued) Remote Line High Received Optical Power

software load alarm 543.2 5-306
deleting 301 7-22 Remote Line Low Received Optical Power
saving 301 7-19 alarm 543.2 5-308
transferring from DVD to PC 301 7-10 Remote Loopback Active alarm 543.2 5-310
transferring from repository to SP 301 7-14 Remote Loopback Fail alarm 543.2 5-311
transferring from SP to USB flash storage remote maintenance end point
device 301 7-11 adding 320.3 26-41
software release list, retrieving 301 7-12 deleting 320.3 26-43
software release server list, retrieving 301 7-12 Remote Port OOS alarm 543.2 5-312
URL formats 301 7-6 Remote Port Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-313
release server Remote Power Fail Indication alarm 543.2 5-314
deleting 301 7-27 Remote Power Supply 1 Missing alarm 543.2
setting 301 7-24 5-315
Release Server Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-286 Remote Power Supply 2 Missing alarm 543.2
Release Server URL Fail alarm 543.2 5-287 5-315
release servers 301 7-3 Remote Receiver Fail alarm 543.2 5-316
releasing remote sites
all test access sessions 310.2 6-28 accessing PG.4 9-9
channelized loopback 310.2 6-31 remote support, dialup connectivity PG.4 9-281
maintenance end point removing
loopback 320.3 26-46 circuit pack 201.1 4-191
maintenance end point loopback 320.3 26-46 DS1 front cover 201.2 6-95
test access session (TAS) 310.2 6-27 G.8032 ERP group list range 320.3 24-6
Remote Alarm Indication (DS1) alarm 543.1 pluggable module 201.1 4-194
4-185 shelf cover 201.2 5-52
Remote Alarm Indication (DS3) alarm 543.1 shelf shipping bracket 201.1 4-83
4-192 USB flash storage device 301 6-23
Remote CCM Error alarm 543.2 5-288 VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-165
Remote Client Circuit Pack Failed - Pluggable XFP module 201.1 4-194
alarm 543.2 5-290 replacing
Remote Client Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable 2-slot shelf 545 2-253
alarm 543.2 5-291 120 ohm converter module 545 2-150
Remote Client Circuit Pack Unknown - Pluggable 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel 545 2-141
alarm 543.2 5-292 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 545 2-75
Remote Client High Received Optical Power 1U rectifier module 545 2-180
alarm 543.2 5-293 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 545 2-40
Remote Client Link Down alarm 543.2 5-295 20G L2SS circuit pack 545 2-44
Remote Client Low Received Optical Power 24x10/100BT circuit pack 545 2-51
alarm 543.2 5-298 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 545 2-37
remote CMD44 terminal 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 545 2-37
configuring 221 4-110 2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit pack 545
Remote Defect Indication (E1) alarm 543.1 4-212 2-28
Remote Defect Indication (E3) alarm 543.1 4-193 2xOSC circuit pack 545 2-82
Remote Defect Indication alarm 543.2 5-300 32-slot shelf access panel 545 2-134
remote GNE 301 4-65, 301 4-66 32xSTM-1e front I/O panel 545 2-137
Remote Invalid Configuration alarm 543.2 5-302 40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-93
Remote Inventory Not Supported alarm 543.2 40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-93
5-304 40G XCIF circuit pack 545 2-56
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-93

4-68 Master index
replacing (continued) replacing (continued)

48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack 545 2-54 Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 545 2-114
48x10/100BT I/O panel 545 2-139 warning message 301 4-25
4xGE EPL circuit pack 545 2-40 WSS 100GHz w/OPM C-band circuit pack 545
4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack 545 2-40 2-88
63xE1 circuit pack 545 2-75 WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band circuit pack 545
7-slot shelf access panel 545 2-134 2-88
BMD-2 module 545 2-97, 545 2-114 XFP module 545 2-58
CCMD12 C-Band circuit pack 545 2-108 reseating, circuit pack 545 2-6
CFP module 545 2-58 resetting
circuit pack 545 2-193 PM physical baseline power level 520 1-45
CMD44 module 545 2-97 TCA baseline 310.2 9-7
cooling fan module 545 2-164 resilient packet ring
cooling unit assembly 545 2-157 adding 320.2 15-7
cross-connect circuit pack 545 2-66 class of service scheduler parameters 320.2
DS3/E3/EC-1 I/O panel 545 2-137 9-7
DSCM module 545 2-118, 545 2-122 deleting 320.2 15-10
DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack 545 2-78 editing 320.2 15-8
DSM fan module 545 2-170 forwarding database parameters 320.2 18-16
DSM-OAM adapter module 545 2-153 forwarding database parameters, Backup
E1 I/O module in a Metro front electrical tab 320.2 18-21
shelf 545 2-143 forwarding database parameters, Entries
E1 I/O panel 545 2-145 tab 320.2 18-16
eCMD44 module 545 2-97 forwarding database, adding static
FGA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-84 entries 320.2 18-13
I/O protection module 545 2-152 forwarding database, deleting static
L2SS circuit pack 545 2-44 entries 320.2 18-14
MIC 545 2-181 forwarding database, editing settings 320.2
MXC circuit pack 545 2-69 18-15
OC-48/STM-16 DPO module 545 2-33 IP parameters 320.2 17-10
OMD4 module 545 2-97 OAM parameters 320.2 17-9
OMX module 545 2-97 protection, adding 320.2 15-11
OPM 545 2-95 protection, deleting 320.2 15-14
optical interface circuit pack 545 2-12 protection, editing 320.2 15-13
Passive Mux/Demux modules 545 2-104 ring topology parameters 320.2 16-4
PDH circuit pack 545 2-44 resilient packet ring information
power input card 545 2-171 overview 320.2 16-1
RPR circuit pack 545 2-48 resilient packet ring, see RPR
SCMD4 circuit pack 545 2-108 resilient packet rings
SDH access panel 545 2-134 connectivity parameters, viewing 320.2 17-4
SDH-J access panel 545 2-134 forwarding database, backing up files 320.2
SFP module 545 2-58 18-9
SFP+ module 545 2-58 information, displaying 320.2 16-3
shelf air filter 545 2-183 IP connectivity provisioning 320.2 17-8
shelf processor 545 2-125 OAM connectivity provisioning 320.2 17-5
SLA/MLA/MLA2/MLA2 w/VOA/MLA3/LIM stations, adding while in service 320.2 19-5
amplifier circuit pack 545 2-84 stations, removing while in service 320.2 19-9
SMD circuit pack 545 2-88
SONET access panel 545 2-134
SONET/SDH-J access panel 545 2-134

Master index 4-69
restarting retrieving (continued)

circuit pack 543.1 2-30 event 543.1 2-15
facility PM counts event details 543.1 2-15
history 520 1-40 EVPL connections 320.1 6-6
PM counts expansion pack load list 301 7-12
current 520 1-40 forwarding database entries 301 10-15
untimed 520 1-42 HCCS reference attribute 520 1-69
untimed OTU 520 1-68 HERS
shelf processor 543.1 2-30 ring configuration files 320.1 1-6
restarts HERS ring configuration information 320.1 2-9
impact on performance monitoring 520 1-25 HERS ring map 320.1 2-9
restoring retrieving
golden database 221 2-56 link data 310.1 1-173
network element, initial state 221 6-82 MS-SPRing
provisioning data 301 6-14 ring configuration files 320.1 1-6
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-165 MS-SPRing ring configuration
resynchronizing information 320.1 2-9
Visualization tool 301 5-30 MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-9
retrieving NSAP address 301 10-18
320.2 13-8 ODU connections 320.1 4-11
active alarms 543.1 2-13 operational measurements counts 520 1-50
active disabled alarm details 543.1 2-18 OTS management 310.2 8-5
active disabled alarms 543.1 2-18 OTU HCCS reference attribute 520 1-69
active users 301 2-46 OTM flags 310.1 1-171
alarm details 543.1 2-13 OTM info 310.1 1-169
alarm profile details 543.1 2-22 preFEC BER 310.1 1-172
alarm profiles 543.1 2-22 path connections 320.1 3-40
bandwidth profiles 320.2 11-5 path connections counts 320.1 3-140
BLSR path trace 310.1 1-158
ring configuration files 320.1 1-6 performance monitoring counts
BLSR ring configuration information 320.1 2-9 history 520 1-44
BLSR ring map 320.1 2-9 Photonic connections 320.1 5-13
centralized security administration, details 301 PM counts 520 1-37
2-63 untimed OTU 520 1-66
channelized loopback 310.2 6-29 PM graph 520 1-71
CSA, details 301 2-63 PM profiles 520 1-57, 520 1-62
DCN settings 310.1 3-15 PM threshold profiles 520 1-57
differential provisioning 310.2 11-3 PM thresholds 520 1-62
DOC summary 310.2 9-4 protection scheme 310.2 7-92
equipment and facility details 310.1 1-47 protection status details 310.2 7-114
Ethernet OAM maintenance protection switch mode 310.2 7-92
associations 320.3 26-16 provisioning data backup, details 301 6-8
Ethernet OAM maintenance domains 320.3 queue group drop profiles 320.3 21-4
26-9 queue group profiles 320.3 20-5
Ethernet OAM maintenance end points 320.3 queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 22-4
26-29 receive class of service profiles 320.2 7-5
Ethernet OAM maintenance intermediate ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-11, 320.3
points 320.3 26-24 25-23
Ethernet OAM remote maintenance end ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-11
points 320.3 26-39

4-70 Master index
retrieving (continued) reverting

ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-28, 320.3 ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-41, 320.3
25-43 25-48
ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-28 RFI (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-224
round trip delay measurements 520 1-73 RFI (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-347
SCMD cascading order 310.2 12-3 RFI (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-347
section trace messages 310.1 1-152 RFI (VT/LO VC) alarm 543.2 5-347
security logs 301 2-58 right to use licenses, ordering 151 5-4
signal label 310.1 1-158 Ring APS Configuration Editor application 320.1
SNMP agent 310.2 4-8 2-13
SNMP configuration 310.2 4-8 parameters 320.1 1-24
SNMP group mapping 310.2 4-8 tools bar 320.1 1-2
SNMP trap destinations 310.2 4-8 ring APS provisioning
SNMP user groups 310.2 4-8 parameters 320.1 2-21
SNMP USM user 310.2 4-8 Ring APS Provisioning application 320.1 2-1,
SNMP views 310.2 4-8 320.1 2-21
software release list 301 7-12 Configuration tab 320.1 2-2
software release server list 301 7-12 Rings tab 320.1 2-1
SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-53 ring configuration files
SSL keys 301 2-53 BLSR
SWT details 310.2 10-3 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
SWT summary 310.2 10-3 creating 320.1 1-7
synchronization protection status details 310.2 deleting 320.1 1-23
7-129 editing 320.1 1-14
test logs 310.1 1-144 exporting 320.1 1-21
test report 310.1 1-144 saving 320.1 1-20
trail trace messages 310.1 1-155 HERS
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 8-5 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
tunnel endpoint 320.2 12-26, 320.2 13-24 creating 320.1 1-7
tunnel endpoint mapping 320.2 13-24 deleting 320.1 1-23
tunnel segment 320.2 12-26, 320.2 13-24 editing 320.1 1-14
tunnel segment endpoint maps 320.2 14-7 exporting 320.1 1-21
user community 310.2 4-8 saving 320.1 1-20
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-163 MS-SPRing
VCE 320.2 12-9, 320.2 13-8 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
VCS 320.2 12-9, 320.2 13-8 creating 320.1 1-7
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 12-9, 320.2 13-8 deleting 320.1 1-23
virtual circuit endpoint maps 320.2 14-4 editing 320.1 1-14
virtual circuit endpoints 320.2 13-8 exporting 320.1 1-21
virtual circuit segment 320.2 12-9 saving 320.1 1-20
reusing ring configuration information
passwords 301 2-5 BLSR
Reverse Port NAT PG.4 9-52 retrieving 320.1 2-9
reverse port NAT clearing 320.1 1-19
adding 310.1 3-18 HERS
deleting 310.1 3-20 retrieving 320.1 2-9
parameters 310.1 3-34 MS-SPRing
provisioning 221 2-37 retrieving 320.1 2-9

Master index 4-71
ring configurations ring topology

BLSR parameters 320.2 16-4
creating 320.1 1-7 ring, E-SPRing
loading data from a network element 320.1 parameters 320.3 26-51
1-12 ring, G.8032 ERP
HERS creating 320.3 25-13
creating 320.1 1-7 deleting 320.3 25-16
loading data from a network element 320.1 editing 320.3 25-14
1-12 group list parameters 320.3 24-7
MS-SPRing parameters 320.3 25-50, 320.3 25-57
creating 320.1 1-7 retrieving 320.3 25-11
loading data from a network element 320.1 ringlet 320.3 25-2
1-12 Ringlet Failure alarm 543.2 5-320
Ring Failure alarm 543.2 5-318 ringlet port 320.3 25-2
ring information ringlet port, G.8032 ERP
displaying 320.2 16-3 creating 320.3 25-35, 320.3 25-44
parameters, viewing 320.2 16-3 deleting 320.3 25-39, 320.3 25-46
ring management editing 320.3 25-37, 320.3 25-45
protection parameters 320.2 15-20 reverting 320.3 25-41, 320.3 25-48
provisioning parameters 320.2 15-15 ringlet, G.8032 ERP
quality of service parameters 320.2 15-22 creating 320.3 25-30
ring map deleting 320.3 25-33
BLSR editing 320.3 25-31
deleting 320.1 2-19 retrieving 320.3 25-28
retrieving 320.1 2-9 rlogin PG.4 9-43
creating 320.1 2-13 roadmap and provisioning procedures
editing 320.1 2-14 100G circuit packs 102.4 2-79
HERS 2.5G MOTR circuit packs 102.5 2-13
deleting 320.1 2-19 40G circuit packs 102.4 1-118
retrieving 320.1 2-9 cross-connect circuit packs 102.1 2-36
MS-SPRing data circuit packs 102.5 5-25, 102.7 1-59
deleting 320.1 2-19 Electrical circuit packs 102.2 1-92
retrieving 320.1 2-9 Layer 2 circuit packs 102.7 2-69
overview 320.1 2-2 NGM WT circuit packs 102.5 4-43
ring port 320.3 25-2 OC-n/STM-n circuit packs 102.3 1-93
ring port, G.8032 ERP OTR and OTSC circuit packs 102.5 1-51
retrieving 320.3 25-23 Photonic circuit packs 102.6 1-287
creating 320.3 25-18, 320.3 25-24 SuperMux circuit packs 102.5 3-40
deleting 320.3 25-21, 320.3 25-26 TMUX circuit packs 102.2 2-10
editing 320.3 25-19, 320.3 25-25 roadmap and redundancy provisioning procedures
parameters 320.3 25-53, 320.3 25-61 shelf processor circuit packs 102.1 1-20
retrieving 320.3 25-11 RoHS compliance PG.2 6-15
ring portlet, G.8032 ERP Rollover in Progress alarm 543.2 5-327
retrieving 320.3 25-43 Root Directory Has Reached Maximum File Entry
Ring Protection Exerciser Failed alarm 543.2 Limit alarm 543.2 5-328
5-321 Round Trip Delay PG.2 5-27
Ring Protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2 round trip delay measurement 520 1-26
5-324
Ring Protection Switch Fail alarm 543.2 5-325

4-72 Master index
routing RPR (continued)

category 5e cables 201.2 5-20 switch criteria 310.2 7-85
DS1 cables to/from DSM 201.2 6-87 system testing 221 8-13
electrical cables 201.2 5-31 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-60
electrical I/O cables 201.2 5-20 alarms 102.7 2-65
fiber in the fiber manager 201.2 6-49 cross-connection rates 102.7 2-63
fiber-optic cables on the 6500 shelf 201.2 5-31 equipping rules 102.7 2-67
fibers for the OMX 16CH DWDM 201.2 6-44 operational measurements 520 1-236
fibers from the OMX 4CH 201.2 6-40 performance monitoring 102.7 2-65
OAM routing 310.1 3-7 replacing 545 2-48
Routing Table Overflow alarm 543.2 5-329 supported SFPs 102.7 2-64
RPR technical specifications 102.7 2-68
adding 320.2 15-7 RPR configuration
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-43 provisioning 310.2 7-85
circuit pack testing 221 6-64 RPR LAN port
class of service scheduler parameters 320.2 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-44
9-7 RPR ring information PG.2 5-14
connectivity parameters, viewing 320.2 17-4 RPR ring management PG.2 5-14
deleting 320.2 15-10 RS DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-145
editing 320.2 15-8 RS DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2
fairness details, displaying 320.2 15-5 5-193
forwarding database parameters 320.2 18-16 RS-232 null modem cable
forwarding database parameters, Backup assembly 201.2 8-2
tab 320.2 18-21 pinout 201.2 8-2
forwarding database parameters, Entries rules
tab 320.2 18-16 bay equipping 151 1-49
forwarding database, adding static configuration 151 1-1
entries 320.2 18-13 shelf equipping 151 1-63
forwarding database, backing up files 320.2 system engineering 151 1-1
18-9 running
forwarding database, deleting static script 301 9-13
entries 320.2 18-14 TL1 commands 301 9-4
forwarding database, editing settings 320.2 Rx Channel Power Out of Range alarm 543.2
18-15 5-330
information, displaying 320.2 16-3 Rx Ethernet Idle alarm 543.2 5-333
IP connectivity parameters, provisioning 320.2 Rx Partial Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2
17-8 5-334
IP parameters 320.2 17-10 Rx Power Out of Range alarm 543.2 5-335
OAM connectivity parameters, Rx Total Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2
provisioning 320.2 17-5 5-338
OAM parameters 320.2 17-9
overview 310.2 7-85, PG.2 4-14
protection (span) details, displaying 320.2 15-5
S
safety PG.3 8-380
protection, adding 320.2 15-11
commercial and regulatory specifications PG.3
protection, deleting 320.2 15-14
8-380
protection, editing 320.2 15-13
laser emission PG.3 8-381
quality of service details, displaying 320.2 15-5
safety guidelines 201.1 1-1, 221 10-1, 545 1-1
ring topology parameters 320.2 16-4
international standards 201.1 1-3, 221 10-3,
stations, adding while in service 320.2 19-5
545 1-3
stations, removing while in service 320.2 19-9

Master index 4-73
safety guidelines (continued) script

labeling 201.1 1-4, 221 10-4, 545 1-4 TL1
laser radiation 201.1 1-3, 221 10-3, 545 1-3 building 301 9-6
laser radiation hazards 201.1 1-4, 221 10-4, editing 301 9-11
545 1-4 loading 301 9-10
safety standards 201.1 1-2, 221 10-2, 545 1-2 running 301 9-13
using optical fibers 201.1 1-17, 221 10-18, 545 SDH access panel
1-17 replacing 545 2-134
handling optical fibers 201.1 1-17, 221 SDH circuit packs
10-18, 545 1-17 optical interface, ordering 151 3-15
repairing optical fibers 201.1 1-19, 221 SDH payload
10-20, 545 1-19 instance numbering 320.1 3-24
splicing optical fibers 201.1 1-18, 221 SDH-J 1+1 linear
10-19, 545 1-18 overview 310.2 7-28
working with AC power 201.1 1-19, 545 1-19 SDH-J access panel
working with DC power 201.1 1-20, 545 1-20 replacing 545 2-134
working with power 221 10-20 Secondary alarms 543.2 5-340
saving Secondary RADIUS Accounting Server
provisioning data 301 6-9 Unavailable alarm 543.2 5-353
ring configuration files 320.1 1-20 Secondary RADIUS Server Unavailable
software load 301 7-19 alarm 543.2 5-355
test logs 310.1 1-144 Secondary Service Failed alarm 543.2 5-356
test report 310.1 1-144 Secondary SETS Locking to Primary alarm 543.2
saving as 5-357
CVS file, Visualization tool view 301 5-34 secondary state
saving, release load files 301 7-3 equipment 310.1 1-185
saving, software load 301 7-3 facility 310.1 1-191
SC query PG.2 5-27 security
scheduler ACL 301 2-22
class of service 320.2 9-1 IP access control 301 2-22
SCMD cascading order PG.2 5-19 Section DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-145
overview 310.2 12-1 SECTION DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss
provisioning 310.2 12-4 alarm 543.2 5-193
retrieving 310.2 12-3 section trace
SCMD4 editing 310.1 1-152
adding 221 4-35 parameters 310.1 1-414
replacing 545 2-108 retrieving 310.1 1-152
SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-120 secure HTTP 310.1 3-9
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-124 secure modem
cross-connection types 102.6 1-124 gateway node 301 3-3, 301 3-5
equipping rules 102.6 1-127 secure shell 310.1 3-9, PG.4 9-39
technical specifications 102.6 1-129 Secure Shell (SSH) 301 1-2
SCMD4 circuit pack securing, rack 201.1 4-20
alarms 102.6 1-127 security 301 2-6, 301 2-7
performance monitoring 102.6 1-125 account dormancy 301 2-24
performance monitoring, optical monitoring active users, forcing out 301 2-47
points 102.6 1-126, 520 1-149 active users, retrieving 301 2-46
sCMD4 circuit pack alarms, clearing 543.1 2-21
optical specifications PG.3 8-262, PG.3 8-265

4-74 Master index
security (continued) security (continued)

centralized security administration RADIUS server
attributes, provisioning 301 2-64 provisioning 301 2-65
details, retrieving 301 2-63 shared secret, changing 301 2-71
centralized user administration and shared secret
authentication 301 2-8 syntax 301 2-17
challenge/response simultaneous login limit 301 2-23
reply, calculating/generating 301 2-83 SSH 301 1-2
CLI 301 10-2 SSH/SFTP keys
CSA 301 2-63 copying 301 2-56
debug port login, authentication settings 301 editing 301 2-54
2-62 pasting 301 2-56
default security parameters, editing 301 2-42 regenerating 301 2-55
interface login and logout 301 1-1 retrieving 301 2-53
intrusion attempt handling 301 2-18 SSL keys
details, displaying 301 2-59 regenerating 301 2-57
disabling 301 2-60 retrieving 301 2-53
enabling 301 2-60 SysLog 301 2-21
source address, unlocking 301 2-61 SysLog server
IP access control list provisioning 301 2-76
disabling 301 2-82 temporary account 301 2-5
enabling 301 2-82 temporary user 301 2-5
provisioning 301 2-78 UPC 301 2-2
levels 301 2-2 user account
login banner 301 1-4, 301 4-2 adding 301 2-31
login sessions 301 1-1 defaults, editing 301 2-42
consolidated node 301 1-2 deleting 301 2-39
logs disabling 301 2-41
audit trail 301 2-20 displaying 301 2-30
retrieving 301 2-58 editing 301 2-35
network element enabling 301 2-40
shared secret, provisioning 301 2-73 force out 301 2-47
password force out active users 301 2-23
aging 301 2-5 invalid password, displaying 301 2-50
expiration 301 2-5 password, changing 301 2-49
invalid password list, adding entry 301 2-51 temporary 301 2-5
invalid password list, deleting entry 301 user account administration 301 2-1
2-52 user account management 301 2-1
management 301 2-3 user ID
reusing 301 2-5 syntax 301 2-3
syntax 301 2-3 user profile
password requirements, configuring 301 2-44 defaults, editing 301 2-42
provisioning 221 2-47 editing 301 2-35
RADIUS 301 2-8, 301 2-12 vendor specific attributes, RADIUS 301 2-12
accounting servers security and administration PG.2 5-28
accounting servers, disabling 301 2-68 security enhancement
accounting servers, enabling 301 2-68 craft reach-through security PG.4 9-286
RADIUS accounting 301 2-16 DCN PG.4 9-284
RADIUS proxy server debug port hardening PG.4 9-286
provisioning 301 2-74 provisionable port filtering PG.4 9-284

Master index 4-75
security logs PG.2 5-28 settings

audit trail 301 2-20 forwarding databases, editing 320.2 18-15
segment management PG.2 5-13 severities, alarm 543.1 3-1
sending SFP
General Broadcast tool messages 301 9-16 cleaning 201.2 7-11
serial/RS-232 shelf assignments 310.1 1-177
parameters 310.1 3-62 SFP module
serial/RS-232 ports ordering 151 3-69
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-8 replacing 545 2-58
service activation supported, by circuit pack PG.3 7-3
tunnel endpoint map provisioning SFP+ module
parameters 320.2 10-39 optical specifications PG.3 8-217, PG.3 8-220
tunnel segment provisioning parameters 320.2 replacing 545 2-58
10-37, 320.2 10-38 SFTP PG.4 9-39
tunnel tasks, performing 320.2 10-15 SFTP keys
VCE endpoint map provisioning copying 301 2-56
parameters 320.2 10-30 editing 301 2-54
VCE provisioning parameters 320.2 10-24 pasting 301 2-56
VCS provisioning parameters 320.2 10-22 regenerating 301 2-55
virtual circuit tasks, performing 320.2 10-7 retrieving 301 2-53
service activation setup PG.2 5-13 shared secret
service and photonic layer interoperability network element, provisioning 301 2-73
(SPLI) 310.1 1-29 RADIUS server, changing 301 2-71
Service Bundle Release Delivery 301 7-4 syntax 301 2-17
service layer site testing 221 6-1 shelf
service mapping 320.1 3-16 overview PG.1 3-1
Service Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-359 14-slot PG.1 3-5
Service Photonic Layer Interoperability 301 4-64 32-slot PG.1 3-26
Service-photonic layer interoperability 7-slot PG.1 3-30
(SPLI) PG.4 9-21 assemblies PG.1 3-4
services backplane PG.1 3-39
6500 151 1-42, PG.1 3-84 brackets, ordering 151 2-15
Broadband PG.1 1-13 circuit pack and SFP/XFP/DPO module
ordering 151 5-10 assignments 310.1 1-177
Photonic PG.1 1-15 connecting a terminal or modem 201.2 5-68
set shared secret PG.2 5-28 connecting power cables 201.1 4-136
setting Converged PG.1 3-13
alarm profiles, active 543.1 2-28 cover PG.1 3-40
alarm profiles, default 543.1 2-26 cover, grounding 201.2 5-52
PM profiles, default 520 1-58 cover, installing 201.2 5-52
PM threshold profiles, default 520 1-58 cover, removing 201.2 5-52
release server 301 7-24 DSM 102.2 1-54
time zone 543.1 2-12 equipping rules 151 1-63
setting a default graphics, displaying 301 5-35
bandwidth profiles 320.2 11-12 ID module PG.1 3-40
queue group profiles 320.3 20-15 installing the cover 201.2 5-52
receive class of service profiles 320.2 7-11 locking 201.2 5-52
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 8-11 Metro front electrical PG.1 3-12
setting up optical PG.1 3-7
golden database 221 2-55 optical/front electrical PG.1 3-8

4-76 Master index
shelf (continued) signal conditioning (continued)

optical/rear shelf PG.1 3-9 10G OTSC 543.1 1-55
ordering 151 2-5 10G OTU2 WT 543.1 1-53
packet-optical PG.1 3-15 10GEL WT 543.1 1-49
removing the cover 201.2 5-52 2.5G MOTR 543.1 1-60
unlocking 201.2 5-52 20G OC-n/STM-n 543.1 1-101
shelf air filter, replacing 545 2-183 2x10G OTR 543.1 1-44
Shelf Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-361 40G MUX OCI 543.1 1-29
shelf configurations 201.1 3-2 40G OCLD 543.1 1-29
Shelf Data Missing alarm 543.2 5-362 L2 MOTR 543.1 1-100
shelf equipment SuperMux 543.1 1-28
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-10 signal continuity
shelf inventory testing in a basic configuration 221 8-3
displaying 310.1 2-3 Signal Degrade (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-193
shelf IP address Signal Degrade (E3) alarm 543.1 4-193
provisioning 221 2-28 Signal Degrade (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-224
shelf level view 301 5-1, 301 5-21 Signal Degrade (ETH) alarm 543.1 4-235
Shelf Power Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-363 Signal Degrade (ETH100) alarm 543.1 4-235
Shelf processor Signal Degrade (OC/STM) 543.1 4-240
ordering flowchart 151 3-12 Signal Degrade (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-240
shelf processor Signal Degrade (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-240
IP dead gateway detection PG.4 9-60 Signal Degrade (WAN) alarm 543.1 4-235
rebooting 543.1 2-30 Signal Fail (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-225
reconfiguration 545 2-235 Signal Fail (OC/STM) alarm 543.1 4-242
replacing 545 2-125 Signal Fail (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64,
restarting 543.1 2-30 OC-768/STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-92
software upgrade 301 8-7 signal label
shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-1 editing 310.1 1-158
alarms 102.1 1-14 retrieving 310.1 1-158
equipping rules 102.1 1-16 simple network management protocol, see SNMP
technical specifications 102.1 1-18 simultaneous login limit 301 2-23
Shelf processor circuit packs editing 301 2-42
roadmap and redundancy provisioning single line amplifier circuit pack
procedures 102.1 1-20 optical specifications PG.3 8-236, PG.3 8-255
shelf provisioning single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR
deleting 301 4-43 path connection (bidirectional) 320.1 3-133
shelf shipping bracket, removing 201.1 4-83 site engineering recommendations 151 1-110
Shelf sub-tab 301 4-47, 301 4-50 Site level alarm correlation PG.1 2-97
shelf timing group Site level alarm correlation and network level alarm
timing references correlation PG.1 2-97
provisioning 310.2 5-34 Site level alarm correlation and 543.1 1-1
Shelf Wavelength Topology Site Manager
overview 310.2 10-1 overview PG.2 5-1
shelf wavelength topology PG.2 5-18 Site Provisioning Required (DSM) alarm 543.2
Shutoff Threshold Crossed alarm 543.2 5-365 5-368
SID module PG.1 3-40 site testing
signal conditioning 16xSTM-1e 221 6-25
10G AM1/AM2 DWDM 543.1 1-27 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 221 6-68
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT 543.1 1-51 20G L2SS 221 6-47
10G OTR 543.1 1-54 20G L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59

Master index 4-77
site testing (continued) slot sequencing (continued)

24x10/100BT 221 6-40 retrieving 310.2 14-3
4xGE EPL 221 6-33 slot upgrade 301 8-3
DS1 service module 221 6-13 invoking 301 8-12
DS3/E3 221 6-21 slot-based automatic equipping 301 5-48
E1 221 6-17 slot-based data 301 6-2
GE protection 221 6-33 SMD
L2SS 221 6-47 replacing 545 2-88
L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-130
PDH 221 6-55 alarms 102.6 1-136
PDH Gateway equipment protection 221 6-59 equipping rules 102.6 1-137
RPR 221 6-64 optical specifications PG.3 8-263
signal continuity (optical) 221 6-11 performance monitoring 102.6 1-133
TMUX 221 6-29 technical specifications 102.6 1-138
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-13 SMD 50 GHz 8x1circuit pack
alarms 102.6 1-19 performance monitoring, optical monitoring
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-16 points 102.6 1-135
cross-connection types 102.6 1-16 SNCP
equipping rules 102.6 1-20 configuration PG.2 4-10
optical specifications PG.3 8-236, PG.3 8-255 overview 310.2 7-81
performance monitoring 102.6 1-17 path connection
performance monitoring, optical monitoring bidirectional 320.1 3-99
points 520 1-140 linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-129
technical specifications 102.6 1-21 switch criteria 310.2 7-83
SLA/MLA/MLA2/MLA2 w/VOA/MLA3/LIM amplifier traffic 310.2 7-82
replacing 545 2-84 SNMP PG.2 5-24
SLAT overview PG.2 5-31
express deleting optical channels 221 7-36 SNMP agent
force deleting optical channels 221 7-33 enabling/disabling 310.2 4-10
SLAT Assistant Tool parameters 310.2 4-46
launching 221 2-10 retrieving 310.2 4-8
SLAT Assistant Tool (SAT) PG.2 5-5 SNMP alarmModelTable row
SLAT prerequisites 221 1-9 adding 310.2 4-35
SLAT process deleting 310.2 4-38
interworking considerations 221 1-4 SNMP authentication failure trap
overview 221 1-1 enabling 310.2 4-44
SLIC Idler circuit pack SNMP community name
alarms 102.4 1-106 adding 310.2 4-14
equipping rules 102.4 1-106 deleting 310.2 4-32
performance monitoring 102.4 1-104 editing 310.2 4-14, 310.2 4-29
performance monitoring, optical monitoring SNMP configuration
points 102.4 1-105, 520 1-153 parameters 310.2 4-48
technical specifications 102.4 1-107 retrieving 310.2 4-8
SLIC10 circuit pack 102.4 1-101 validating 310.2 4-17
optical specifications PG.3 8-260 SNMP group mapping
slot numbering 151 1-2 adding 310.2 4-20
Slot Sequencing PG.2 5-19 deleting 310.2 4-20
slot sequencing editing 310.2 4-20
editing 310.2 14-3 parameters 310.2 4-49

4-78 Master index
SNMP provisioning Software Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-374

overview 310.2 4-1 software release list, retrieving 301 7-12
SNMP proxy software release server list, retrieving 301 7-12
enabling/disabling 310.2 4-10 software upgrade 301 8-7
SNMP trap destinations Software Upgrade Failed alarm 543.2 5-375
deleting 310.2 4-12 Software Upgrade in Progress alarm 543.2 5-376
editing 310.2 4-12 SONET access panel
parameters 310.2 4-47 replacing 545 2-134
provisioning 221 2-45 SONET circuit packs
retrieving 310.2 4-8 optical interface, ordering 151 3-15
SNMP user community SONET/SDH-J access panel
parameters 310.2 4-47 replacing 545 2-134
retrieving 310.2 4-8 SONMP
SNMP user groups overview PG.2 5-35, PG.2 5-36
adding 310.2 4-22 sorting
deleting 310.2 4-22 active alarms 543.1 2-13
editing 310.2 4-22 active disabled alarms 543.1 2-18
parameters 310.2 4-50 events 543.1 2-15
retrieving 310.2 4-8 source address, unlocking 301 2-61
SNMP USM user SP
adding 310.2 4-15 protection 310.2 7-14
deleting 310.2 4-15 SP redundancy PG.4 9-45
editing 310.2 4-15 span of control PG.2 5-21
parameters 310.2 4-48 adding remote NE 301 4-65
retrieving 310.2 4-8 deleting remote NE 301 4-66
SNMP views Span Protection Exerciser Fail alarm 543.2 5-379
adding 310.2 4-18 Span protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2
deleting 310.2 4-18 5-377
editing 310.2 4-18 Span protection Switch Fail alarm 543.2 5-378
parameters 310.2 4-49 specifications PG.3 8-380
retrieving 310.2 4-8 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack PG.3 8-174
SNTP 301 4-11 40G XCIF circuit pack PG.3 8-174
software electromagnetic PG.3 8-378
ordering 151 5-2 enhanced trunk switch PG.3 8-363
Software Auto-Upgrade Failed alarm 543.2 5-369 environmental PG.3 8-375
Software Auto-Upgrade in Progress alarm 543.2 ILAN PG.3 8-284
5-370 OME1110 PG.3 8-366
Software Configuration Unknown alarm 543.2 optical PG.3 8-120
5-371 physical PG.3 8-2
software delivery 301 7-10 power PG.3 8-24
Software Delivery In Progress alarm 543.2 5-373 power and grounding PG.3 8-381
Software Delivery Incomplete alarm 543.2 5-372 safety PG.3 8-380
software load technical PG.3 8-1
deleting 301 7-22 transponder protection tray PG.3 8-361
saving 301 7-19 SPLI 301 4-64, 310.1 1-29, PG.1 2-96
transferring SPLI associations 301 4-12
from DVD to PC 301 7-10 SSH 301 1-2, 310.1 3-9
from repository to SP 301 7-14 editing 310.1 3-16
from SP to USB flash storage device 301
7-11

Master index 4-79
SSH (continued) STM64 facility

keys parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-201
copying 301 2-56 STM-64 optical specifications PG.3 8-122
editing 301 2-54 STM-m facility
pasting 301 2-56 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28, 543.1 3-32
regenerating 301 2-55 STM-n facility
retrieving 301 2-53 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-33
parameters 310.1 3-67 STMn facility
SSH server editing 310.1 1-112
provisioning 221 2-48 parameters 310.1 1-198
SSL stratum clocks
keys synchronization 310.2 5-14
regenerating 301 2-57 STS facility
retrieving 301 2-53 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-33
staging, ordering 151 5-10 Submarine
starting application PG.2 4-43
CLI session 301 10-8 subnetting PG.4 9-320
CommLog terminal session 301 9-15 SuperMux
terminal session 301 3-3 circuit pack testing 221 6-71
manual connection 301 3-5 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-1
TL1 Command Builder 301 9-3 alarms 102.5 3-21
statement of conditions 301 11-1 cross-connection rates 102.5 3-16
static entries 320.2 18-16, 320.2 18-22 cross-connection types 102.5 3-15
adding to forwarding database 320.2 18-13 DWDM wavelengths 102.5 3-34
deleting from forwarding database 320.2 18-14 equipping rules 102.5 3-25
static NAT 310.1 3-8 latency 102.5 3-36
adding entry 310.1 3-18 operational measurements 520 1-242
deleting entry 310.1 3-20 optical specifications PG.3 8-176
parameters 310.1 3-34 performance monitoring 102.5 3-20
static routes supported SFPs/XFPs 102.5 3-17
provisioning 221 2-41 technical specifications 102.5 3-30
STM-1 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-132 SuperMux circuit packs
STM-1 optical specifications PG.3 8-134 roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5
STM-16 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-132 3-40
STM16 facility SuperMux equipment mode
parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-201 editing 310.1 1-71
STM-16 optical specifications PG.3 8-127 SuperMux equipment profile
STM-1e editing 310.1 1-71
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-44 supernetting PG.4 9-320
I/O panel 102.2 1-85 Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-25
STM-1e cable PG.3 8-120 supported CFPs
ordering 151 4-27 100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-38
STM-1e circuit pack 100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-38
protection 310.2 7-4 supported facilities
STM-1e electrical specifications PG.3 8-373 OME1110 250 1-7
STM1E facility pluggable module PG.3 7-32
parameters 310.1 1-204 supported pluggable modules
STM256 facility parameters 310.1 1-201 circuit pack PG.3 7-3
STM-4 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-132
STM-4 optical specifications PG.3 8-134

4-80 Master index
supported SFPs synchronization

(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-10 equipment
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-82 provisioning 310.2 5-34
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-60 freerun mode 310.2 5-8
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-65 hardware PG.1 3-41
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-30 hierarchy 310.2 5-14
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-6 hierarchy violations 310.2 5-16
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7 holdover mode 310.2 5-8
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-50 independent timing group
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-10 timing mode, provisioning 310.2 5-32
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-6 timing references, provisioning 310.2 5-32
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit locked mode 310.2 5-8
pack 102.1 2-23 mixed timing engineering guidelines 310.2
OME1110 250 1-7 5-17
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-17 operating modes 310.2 5-8
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-64 overview 310.2 5-1
supported SFPs/DPOs parameters 310.2 5-45
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-38 ESI 310.2 5-47
supported SFPs/XFPs ESO 310.2 5-49
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-6 protection 310.2 7-87
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-32 status, retrieving 310.2 7-129
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-39 provisioning
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-45 ESI 310.2 5-26
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-17 ESO 310.2 5-37, 310.2 5-39
supported SFPs/XFPs/CFPs quality level overrides 310.2 5-13
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-30 retrieving data 310.2 5-25
supported XFPs shelf timing group
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR with XFP circuit timing references, provisioning 310.2 5-34
pack 102.5 5-10 stratum clocks 310.2 5-14
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 synchronization status message (SSM),
4-6 setting 310.2 5-42
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-7 time of day 301 4-63
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-19 timing generation
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-32 timing mode, provisioning 310.2 5-28
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-19 timing references, provisioning 310.2 5-28
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-60 timing loops 310.2 5-16
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16 synchronization management PG.2 5-20
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-38 synchronization protection PG.2 5-31
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-46 Synchronization Protection alarms 543.2 5-382
Switch Shelf ID Mismatch Detected alarm 543.2 synchronization status message (SSM)
5-381 disabling 310.2 5-9
SWT overview 310.2 5-9
retrieval criteria 310.2 10-4 setting 310.2 5-42
summary syntax
parameters 310.2 10-4 password 301 2-3
SWT details shared secret 301 2-17
retrieving 310.2 10-3 user ID 301 2-3
SWT summary SysLog 301 2-21
retrieving 310.2 10-3 SysLog server

Master index 4-81
Syslog Server Provisioning PG.2 5-29, PG.2 5-30 technical specifications (continued)
system acceptance testing 221 9-9 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-52
system MIB contact 1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-44
editing 310.2 4-41 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-19, 102.7
system MIB location 1-34
editing 310.2 4-41 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-17
system MIB name 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-11
editing 310.2 4-41 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-38
system parameters PG.2 5-5 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-42
system testing 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-30
basic configuration 221 8-3 2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-119
L2SS 221 8-19 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-48
PDH 221 8-19 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-43
RPR 221 8-13 2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-10
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-54
T 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-36
TAP
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-85
deprovisioning 310.2 6-16
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-65
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-11
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-11
provisioning 310.2 6-14
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-55
Target Unachievable alarm 543.2 5-384
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-19
TARP 310.1 3-8
access panels 102.1 3-58
TAS
BMD-2 module 102.6 1-226
creating 310.2 6-19
breaker interface panel 102.1 3-17
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-146
CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-196
releasing 310.2 6-27
CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-212
releasing all 310.2 6-28
cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-33
TAS mode
DSCM module 102.6 1-231
changing 310.2 6-24
DSM 102.2 1-70
TDM switching PG.1 1-11
Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-27
technical specifications PG.3 8-1
FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-242
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-19
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-48
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-91
fuse interface panel 102.1 3-17
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-47
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-53
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-11
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-67
2-27
maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-60
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-47
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-32
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-44
4-12
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-56
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-11
OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-221
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-25
OMX module 102.6 1-166
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-38
OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-99
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-24
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-22
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-70
Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-270
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-70
power input cards 102.1 3-40
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-70
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-68

4-82 Master index
technical specifications (continued) Test Access in Progress - Monitor EF alarm 543.2

SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-129 5-385
shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-18 Test Access in Progress - Monitor F alarm 543.2
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-21 5-385
SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-107 Test Access in Progress - Split A alarm 543.2
SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-138 5-385
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-30 Test Access in Progress - Split B alarm 543.2
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-9 5-385
Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-14 Test Access in Progress - Split E alarm 543.2
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit 5-385
pack 102.4 1-15 Test Access in Progress - Split EF alarm 543.2
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 5-385
1-87 Test Access in Progress - Split F alarm 543.2
1-77 Test Access in Progress alarms 543.2 5-385
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 test access port 310.2 6-2
1-110 deprovisioning 310.2 6-16
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 displaying 310.2 6-12
1-96 provisioning 310.2 6-14
Telnet test access session 310.2 6-2
editing 310.1 3-16 creating 310.2 6-19
parameters 310.1 3-66 displaying 310.2 6-12
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-42 releasing 310.2 6-27
telnet releasing all 310.2 6-28
CLI 301 10-23 test access session mode
telnet terminal 301 3-1 changing 310.2 6-24
temporary account 301 2-5 test access support on facilities 310.1 1-193
temporary user 301 2-5 test logs
terminal 310.1 1-124 retrieving 310.1 1-144
connecting to the shelf 201.2 5-68 saving 310.1 1-144
setting up 201.2 5-68 test report
terminal loopback 310.1 1-124 retrieving 310.1 1-144
terminal session 301 3-1 saving 310.1 1-144
closing 301 3-6, 301 3-7 testing
manual connection, starting 301 3-5 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 221 6-25
starting 301 3-3 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 221 6-68
terms and conditions 301 11-1 20G L2SS circuit pack 221 6-47
test access 310.2 6-2, PG.2 5-8 20G L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59
channelized loopback 310.2 6-7 24x10/100BT circuit pack 221 6-40
collector nodes 310.2 6-6 4xGE EPL circuit pack 221 6-33
overview 310.2 6-1 Colorless OADM 102.6 1-382, 221 4-77
parameters 310.2 6-34 DIA 221 4-68
test access channel DS3/E3 circuit pack 221 6-21
deprovisioning 310.2 6-18 E1 circuit pack 221 6-17
displaying 310.2 6-12 GE protection 221 6-33
parameters 310.2 6-34 L2SS circuit pack 221 6-47
provisioning 310.2 6-17 L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59
Test Access in Progress - Monitor E alarm 543.2 line amplifier node 221 4-85
5-385 PDH circuit pack 221 6-55
PDH Gateway equipment protection 221 6-59

Master index 4-83
testing (continued) timestamp time zone, setting 543.1 2-12

photonic layer 221 4-95 timing distribution 310.2 5-6
power at the optical interface Rx port 221 6-9 timing references, provisioning 310.2 5-39
power at the optical interface Tx port 221 6-4 Timing Distribution Forced Switch - n Ref
power to the shelf 201.1 4-136, 201.1 4-154 alarm 543.2 5-382
protection switching Timing Distribution Lockout - n Ref alarm 543.2
basic configuration 221 8-3 5-382
RPR circuit pack 221 6-64 Timing Distribution Loss of Reference - n Ref
signal continuity alarm 543.2 5-394
basic configuration 221 8-3 timing generation 310.2 5-2
signal continuity (optical) 221 6-11 timing mode
SuperMux circuit pack 221 6-71 provisioning 310.2 5-28
thin OADM channel access continuity 221 4-60 sources 310.2 5-47
TMUX circuit pack 221 6-29 timing references
WSS based channel access continuity 221 provisioning 310.2 5-28
4-42 sources 310.2 5-47
testing input power Timing Generation Entry to Freerun alarm 543.2
breaker interface panel (2U) 201.1 4-35 5-396
Threshold AIS ESO-A alarm 543.2 5-387 Timing Generation Entry to Holdover alarm 543.2
Threshold AIS ESO-B alarm 543.2 5-387 5-400
TID Timing Generation Failure To Lock alarm 543.2
network element 5-403
editing 301 4-26 Timing Generation Forced Switch - n Ref
TID consolidation 301 1-2, PG.4 9-71 alarm 543.2 5-382
comms within a consolidated TID PG.4 9-72 Timing Generation Lockout - n Ref alarm 543.2
engineering guidelines PG.4 9-73 5-383
GNE PG.4 9-72 Timing Generation Loss of Reference - n Ref
TID consolidation, see also consolidated node alarm 543.2 5-405
TIDc, see also consolidated node timing group 310.2 5-7
tide marking 520 1-24 timing mode
time provisioning 310.2 5-34
network element timing loops, synchronization 310.2 5-16
editing 301 4-26 timing mode
time intervals, PM 520 1-20 provisioning 310.2 5-28
time of day 301 4-11 sources 310.2 5-47
parameters, displaying 301 4-21 timing references
polling interval parameters 310.2 5-47
editing 301 4-59 provisioning 310.2 5-28
servers TL1
adding 301 4-60 commands
deleting 301 4-60 editing 301 9-4
editing 301 4-60 executing 301 9-4
status running 301 9-4
editing 301 4-59 script
synchronization 301 4-63 building 301 9-6
Time of Day tab 301 4-59, 301 4-60, 301 4-63 editing 301 9-11
Time Out alarm 543.2 5-392 loading 301 9-10
time slot assignment (TSA) 320.1 3-22 running 301 9-13
time slot interchange (TSI) 320.1 3-22 TL1 autonomous events 543.1 2-20
time zone, setting 543.1 2-12

4-84 Master index
TL1 Command Builder 301 9-1 TR Control Echo Trace Mismatch alarm 543.2
closing 301 9-3 5-423
commands TR Control Initialization in Progress alarm 543.2
editing 301 9-4 5-425
executing 301 9-4 TR Control IS Optimization in Progress
running 301 9-4 alarm 543.2 5-427
starting 301 9-3 Trace Identifier Mismatch (OC/STM) alarm 543.2
TL1 Gateway PG.4 9-54 5-412
TL1 gateway 301 4-10, 301 4-58 Trace Identifier Mismatch (STS/HO VC)
parameters alarm 543.2 5-415
editing 301 4-58 Trace Identifier Mismatch (VT/LO VC)
TL1 gateway connections alarm 543.2 5-415
parameters 310.1 3-63 trace tools 310.1 3-22
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-1 traceroute
alarms 102.2 2-6 CLI 301 10-24
cross-connection rates 102.2 2-6 traffic
cross-connection types 102.2 2-6 protection 310.2 7-18
equipping rules 102.2 2-8 1+1 ETS 310.2 7-41
latency 102.2 2-9 protection exerciser 310.2 7-87
performance monitoring 102.2 2-6 Traffic protection exerciser PG.2 5-30
technical specifications 102.2 2-9 Traffic Squelched alarm 543.2 5-418
testing 221 6-29 traffic wizard 221 2-25
TMUX circuit packs trail trace
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.2 editing 310.1 1-155
2-10 parameters 310.1 1-415
TMUX Provisioning tool retrieving 310.1 1-155
adding path connections 320.1 3-55 Trans Mux
TOD Server Not Provisioned alarm 543.2 5-407 TMUX Provisioning tool
TOD Threshold Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-409 overview 320.1 3-28
tools Trans Mux circuit pack
IP 310.1 3-22 protection 310.2 7-11
OSI 310.1 3-22 transferring
tools and materials list 201.1 3-27 expansion pack load
tools bar from repository to SP 301 7-28
Ring APS Configuration Editor 320.1 1-2 software load
topology from DVD to PC 301 7-10
ring parameters 320.2 16-4 from repository to SP 301 7-14
rings, displaying 320.2 16-3 from SP to USB flash storage device 301
topology discovery 7-11
overview PG.2 5-35 transmit class of service profiles PG.2 5-12
Topology Failure alarm 543.2 5-410 creating 320.2 8-6
Topology Instability alarm 543.2 5-411 deleting 320.2 8-9
TR control editing 320.2 8-7
NGM interface 310.1 1-33 overview 320.2 8-1
TR control (OTM2) parameters 320.2 8-12
displaying 310.1 1-146 retrieving 320.2 8-5
editing 310.1 1-146 setting a default 320.2 8-11
manual dispersion control 310.1 1-148 transmitter type 310.1 1-392
parameters 310.1 1-409 transparency
TR Control Disabled alarm 543.2 5-422 NGM PG.2 4-33

Master index 4-85
transponder protection tray Tx Loss of Frame (E3) alarm 543.2 5-436

specifications PG.3 8-361 Tx Loss of Multiframe (E1) alarm 543.1 4-217
Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-2 Tx Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-439
alarms 102.1 4-12 Tx Manual Provisioning Required alarm 543.2
equipping rules 102.1 4-12 5-441
replacing 545 2-114 Tx Partial Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2
technical specifications 102.1 4-14 5-442
transport circuit pack Tx Remote Alarm Indication alarm 543.2 5-444
software upgrade 301 8-7 Tx Remote Defect Indication alarm 543.2 5-446
Transport Data Recovery Failed alarm 543.2 Tx Total Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2
5-420 5-448
transport MSPP services PG.1 1-9 TX Tuning in Progress alarm 543.2 5-450
troubleshooting
DCN PG.4 9-288
Troubleshooting tools
U
ULH submarine applications
loopbacks PG.2 5-8
40G PG.2 4-36
test access PG.2 5-8
Unable to Synchronize TOD alarm 543.2 5-451
troubleshooting tools PG.2 5-8
Unequipped alarm 543.2 5-453
TTI and TR control, validating 221 9-3
unidirectional configurations, supporting
tunnel endpoint
unidirectional path connections 320.1 3-8
creating 320.2 12-33
unlocking
deleting 320.2 12-37, 320.2 13-28
source address 301 2-61
editing 320.2 12-35, 320.2 13-26
unlocking the shelf 201.2 5-52
unpacking, rack 201.1 4-12
Unpaired SSH Key alarm 543.2 5-456
tunnel endpoint mapping
unprotected
tunnel segment
unprotected chain
path connection (dual feed) 320.1 3-95
UPC 301 2-2
editing 320.2 12-29, 320.2 13-36
updating
parameters 320.2 12-50, 320.2 13-63
active alarms 543.1 2-13
retrieving 320.2 12-26, 320.2 13-24
active disabled alarms 543.1 2-18
tunnel segment endpoint maps
events 543.1 2-15
upgrade
tunnels 320.2 12-2
service bundles 301 7-4
service activation tasks 320.2 10-15
upgrade management 301 8-1, 301 8-2, PG.2
Tx AIS (DS1) alarm 543.2 5-428
5-21
Tx AIS (DS3) alarm 543.2 5-430
engineering considerations 301 8-4
Tx AIS (E1) alarm 543.1 4-216
FPGA upgrade 301 8-3
Tx AIS (E3) alarm 543.2 5-430
incremental expansion pack load
Tx Frequency Out of Range (DS1) alarm 543.2
activating 301 8-13
5-432
deactivating 301 8-13
Tx Frequency Out of Range (DS3) alarm 543.2
opportunistic upgrade 301 8-3
5-433
slot upgrade 301 8-3
Tx Frequency Out of Range (E3) alarm 543.2
invoking 301 8-12
5-433
software upgrade 301 8-7
Tx Loss of Frame (DS1) alarm 543.2 5-434
upgrades PG.2 4-45
Tx Loss of Frame (DS3) alarm 543.2 5-436
Tx Loss of Frame (E1) alarm 543.1 4-216

4-86 Master index
upgrading user interface (continued)

FPGA 301 8-3 topology discovery PG.2 5-35
OCn/STMn line rate 310.1 1-174 user profile
slot FPGA 301 8-3 defaults, editing 301 2-42
software 301 8-7 editing 301 2-35
upper layer DCC
adding entry 310.1 3-18
deleting entry 310.1 3-20
V
validating
SNMP configuration 310.2 4-17
UPSR
validating, TTI and TR control 221 9-3
VC 320.2 12-2
overview 310.2 7-81
VC facility
path connection
VC4-mapped VC3s 320.1 3-13
linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-129
VCAT (LCAS-enabled)
removing member 310.1 1-165
traffic 310.2 7-82
restoring member 310.1 1-165
URL formats
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled)
backup and restore 301 6-4
removing 310.1 1-165
release management 301 7-6
restoring 310.1 1-165
USB
VCAT Status
USB flash storage device, installing 301 6-21
USB flash storage device, removing 301 6-23
VCE
user account
adding 301 2-31
deleting 320.2 12-24, 320.2 13-13
administration 301 2-1
editing 320.2 12-21, 320.2 13-10
authentication 301 2-6
parameters 320.2 12-41, 320.2 13-38
defaults, editing 301 2-42
retrieving 320.2 12-9, 320.2 13-8
deleting 301 2-39
VCS
disabling 301 2-6, 301 2-41
displaying details 301 2-30
editing 301 2-35
editing 320.2 12-13, 320.2 13-22
enabling 301 2-40
parameters 320.2 12-39, 320.2 13-56
force out 301 2-23, 301 2-47
retrieving 320.2 12-9, 320.2 13-8
inhibiting 301 2-6
vendor specific attributes
invalid password, displaying 301 2-50
RADIUS 301 2-12
management 301 2-1
viewing
password
disabled alarms 543.1 1-26
changing 301 2-49
General Broadcast tool messages 301 9-16
user administration
views
centralized 301 2-8
shelf level view 301 5-1
user ID
Visualization tool 301 5-1
syntax 301 2-3
virtual circuit 320.2 12-2
user interface
virtual circuit endpoint
command line interface PG.2 5-34
Site Manager overview PG.2 5-1
deleting 320.2 12-24, 320.2 13-13
SNMP PG.2 5-31
editing 320.2 12-21, 320.2 13-10
SONMP PG.2 5-35, PG.2 5-36
parameters 320.2 12-41, 320.2 13-38
TL1 overview PG.2 5-31

Master index 4-87
virtual circuit endpoint maps WAN facility

deleting 320.2 14-5 editing 310.1 1-112
retrieving 320.2 14-4 parameters 310.1 1-261
virtual circuit segment Warm Restart Required alarm 543.2 5-458
creating 320.2 12-11 warning message, replacing 301 4-25
deleting 320.2 12-16 wavelength addition and deletion 221 7-1
editing 320.2 12-13, 320.2 13-22 Wavelength Measurement Error alarm 543.2
parameters 320.2 12-39, 320.2 13-56 5-459
virtual circuits Wavelength Measurement Warning alarm 543.2
service activation tasks 320.2 10-7 5-460
visible NE information, parameters 310.1 3-46 wavelength ranges, displaying 310.1 1-150
visualization and shelf level view PG.2 5-5 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD
Visualization tool 301 5-1, 301 5-2 functions 102.4 1-87
Broadband view 301 5-39 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
Broadband view (Photonic services only) 301 pack 102.4 1-1
5-10 alarms 102.4 1-9
Component area 301 5-6 cross-connection rates 102.4 1-9
Control area 301 5-6 cross-connection types 102.4 1-9
Details area 301 5-8 equipping rules 102.4 1-11
Graphics area 301 5-5 latency 102.4 1-18
launching 301 5-30 optical specifications PG.3 8-161
Navigation features 301 5-8 performance monitoring 102.4 1-9
optical connection technical specifications 102.4 1-15
adding, deleting and filtering 301 5-43 WAYSIDE 1 Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-461
OTS Schematic view (Photonic services WAYSIDE 2 Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-461
only) 301 5-18 weights PG.3 8-10
Photonic connection WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
adding, deleting and filtering 301 5-43 1-78
Photonic Network view 301 5-9 alarms 102.6 1-84
Physical Port view (20G L2SS and Front I/O equipping rules 102.6 1-85
panel only) 301 5-25 optical specifications PG.3 8-256
Physical Shelf view 301 5-21 performance monitoring 102.6 1-82
printing data 301 5-34 performance monitoring, optical monitoring
resynchronizing 301 5-30 points 102.6 1-83, 520 1-144
saving data 301 5-34 technical specifications 102.6 1-87
selecting a view 301 5-30 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack
Site Equipment view 301 5-15 optical specifications PG.3 8-256
Site OTS view (Photonic services only) 301 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6
5-13 1-69
VOA facility alarms 102.6 1-74
parameters 310.1 1-408 equipping rules 102.6 1-75
VSA 301 2-12 optical specifications PG.3 8-256
VT facility performance monitoring 102.6 1-72
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-33 performance monitoring, optical monitoring
VT-STS bandwidth near limit alarm 543.2 5-457 points 102.6 1-73, 520 1-143
W WSS 100GHz w/OPM C-band
replacing 545 2-88
WAN

4-88 Master index

alarms 102.6 1-107
performance monitoring, optical monitoring
points 102.6 1-105, 102.6 1-106, 102.6
1-116, 102.6 1-210, 520 1-146, 520 1-147
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 w/coupler circuit pack
alarms 102.6 1-94
performance monitoring, optical monitoring
points 102.6 1-93, 520 1-145
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 w/coupler circuit pack
WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band
replacing 545 2-88
WSS based channel access continuity
testing 221 4-42
WSS w/OPM
performance monitoring 102.6 1-73, 102.6
1-83
X
XFP
cleaning 201.2 7-11
shelf assignments 310.1 1-177
XFP module
ordering 151 3-59, 151 3-78
removing 201.1 4-194
replacing 545 2-58
supported, by circuit pack PG.3 7-3

323-1851-090
5-1
Technical assistance information 5-
This chapter includes information on how to contact Ciena for technical

assistance. Topics include:
• Technical assistance service telephone numbers on page 5-2
• Field return information on page 5-3

5-2 Technical assistance information
Technical assistance service telephone numbers

For technical support and information, refer to the following table.
Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com
Customer Technical Support/Warranty
In North America 1-800-CIENA24 (243-6224)
410-865-4961
In Europe, Middle East, 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
and Africa +44-207-012-5508
In Asia-Pacific 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
+81-3-6367-3989
+91-124-4340-600
In Caribbean and Latin 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
America 410-865-4944 (USA)
Sales and General Information 410-694-5700 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In North America 410-694-5700 or 800-207-3714 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Europe +44-207-012-5500 (UK) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Asia +81-3-3248-4680 (Japan) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In India +91-124-434-0500 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Latin America 011-5255-1719-0220 (Mexico City) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
877-CIENA-TD (243-6283)
Training E-mail: techtng@ciena.com
or 410-865-8996
For additional office locations and phone numbers, please visit the Ciena web site at www.ciena.com.

Technical assistance information 5-3
Field return information

Complete the following Field Return Information Form and include the form
when returning any damaged circuit packs to the factory. Insert the completed
form into an anti-static bag. Attach this bag to the failed circuit pack.
Attention: Some of the information that you must provide (such as alarms
raised) require you to log in to the network element.
Field Return Information Form
Customer Identification
Customer name:
Site location:
Originator name:
Originator phone number:
Originator pager number:
Project manager name:
Project manager phone number:
Circuit pack description
PEC:
Release:
Serial number:
NE physical slot number (shelf # and slot #):
Network element
NE name:
NE number:
NE type:
NE configuration:
NE application load release:
Failure symptoms
List of raised alarms related to the failed circuit pack:

5-4 Technical assistance information
Field Return Information Form (continued)
Failure data
LED status:
Optical input power at the receive interface: __ dBm
Optical output power at the transmit interface: __ dBm
Failure time
Troubleshooting data
Visual inspection of the backplane pins:
Tested against other positions:
Slot #:___ Results:___ Slot #:___ Results:___
Slot #:___ Results:___ Slot #:___ Results:___
Actions performed to clear problems:
Internal pigtail cleaned:
External pigtail cleaned:
Special instructions:
General comments:
Tracking information
Change request (CR) number:
Emergency recovery (ER) contact name:
Emergency recovery (ER) contact telephone number:

6500 Packet-Optical Platform
Documentation Roadmap
Copyright© 2010-2012 Ciena® Corporation

All Rights Reserved
Release 9.0
Publication: 323-1851-090
Document status: Standard
Issue: 2
Document release date: December 2012
CONTACT CIENA
For additional information, office locations, and phone numbers, please visit the Ciena web site at
www.ciena.com

323-1851-090 - (6500 - R9.0 - Roadmap) - Issue2

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

323-1851-090 - (6500 - R9.0 - Roadmap) - Issue2

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

6500 Packet-Optical Platform

323-1851-090 - Standard Issue 2

Ciena® Confidential and Proprietary

Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

New in this release vii

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Volume 3 - Managing and Provisioning a Network 2-4

List of terms 3-1

Master index 4-1

Technical assistance information 5-1

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

New in this release 0

The following sections detail what’s new in Documentation Roadmap,

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

This chapter specifies supported software and hardware by this technical

Supported software release

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, Grey/Blue, 2W2, 2.5 m

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 6500 32-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit (NTK609CZ)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• new circuit packs and modules

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5) enhancement:

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Cable Assembly, STP Cat 5E, RJ45, TIA568, Crossover, Single, 15 m

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 19” rack, 465mm centre-to-centre mounting

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; 300 or 600 mm mounting

• new circuit packs and modules

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Photonic enhancements (DOC, alarms, interworking, PMs, CMD

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Attention: If you want to use “connection ID on VCS” or “infinite wait to

— 10x10G MUX circuit pack (NTK529BBE5) enhancements:

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• upgrade support from Releases

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509DCE6)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5 variant) enhancements:

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— MRO circuit packs (NTK512GAE5, NTK513GAE5, NTK521CAE5,

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

– eDC100G OCLD Metro C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM (NTK539TDE5)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Optical test access

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Left Routed 2W2, 2.5 m,

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 10GE to STS-192c/STM-64c to OTU2 Mapping on 2x10G OTR circuit

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— SONMP support on PDH Gateway circuit packs

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— GE 100-Base-FX 1310 nm SFP Module (NTTP12ACE6)